UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549


FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2001  Commission file no. 0-21964


Shiloh Industries, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                       51-0347683
  (State or other jurisdiction                          (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)                     Identification No.)

Suite 202, 103 Foulk Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19803
(Address of principal executive offices--zip code)

(302) 998-0592
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [_]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [_]

Aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of February 12, 2002 at a closing price of $1.40 per share as reported by the Nasdaq National Market was approximately $8,859,299. Shares of Common Stock beneficially held by each executive officer and director and their respective spouses have been excluded since such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 12, 2002 was 14,798,094.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Parts of the following document are incorporated by reference to Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: the Proxy Statement for the Registrant's 2002 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement").




INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT
ON FORM 10-K

Table Of Contents

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

                                     PART I:

Item 1.  Business......................................................     3

Item 2.  Properties....................................................     9

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.............................................    10

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders...........    10

Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Company.............................    10

                                    PART II:

Item 5.  Market for the Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
         Matters.......................................................    13

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.......................................    14

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
         and Results of Operations.....................................    15

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk....    25

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...................    26

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
         and Financial Disclosure......................................    51

                                    PART III:

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Company...............    51

Item 11. Executive Compensation........................................    51

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
         Management....................................................    51

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................    51

                                    PART IV:

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-
         K.............................................................    52

2

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

Shiloh is a full service manufacturer of blanks and stamped components for the automotive and light truck, heavy truck and other industrial markets. The Company's blanks, which are engineered two dimensional shapes cut from flat- rolled steel, are principally sold to automotive and truck original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and are used for exterior steel components, such as fenders, hoods and doors. These blanks include first operation exposed and unexposed blanks and more advanced engineered-welded blanks, which are manufactured from two or more blanks of different steel or gauges that are welded together utilizing both mash seam resistance and laser welding. The Company's stampings are principally used as components in mufflers, seat frames, structural rails, window lifts, heat shields, vehicle brakes and other structural body components.

The Company also builds modular assemblies, which include components used in the structural and powertrain systems of a vehicle. Structural systems include bumper beams, door impact beams, steering column supports, chassis components and structural underbody modules. Powertrain systems consist of deep draw components, such as oil pans, transmission pans and valve covers. To a lesser extent, the Company designs, engineers and manufactures precision tools and dies and welding and assembly equipment for use in its blanking and stamping operations, for sale to OEMs, Tier I automotive suppliers and other industrial customers. Furthermore, the Company provides a variety of intermediate steel processing services, such as oiling, cutting-to-length, slitting and edge trimming of hot and cold-rolled steel coils for automotive and steel industry customers. In addition, through its minority-owned investment in Valley City Steel LLC, as described below, the Company provides the intermediary steel processing service of pickling. The Company has sixteen wholly owned subsidiaries at locations in Ohio, Michigan, Georgia, Tennessee and Mexico.

History

In November 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Greenfield Die & Manufacturing Corp. ("Greenfield"), which was headquartered in Canton, Michigan, a suburb of Detroit. Greenfield conducts operations as "Canton Manufacturing Division" and "Canton Die Division." In July 2000, the Company announced that it would seek strategic alternatives for Canton Die Division. As of October 31, 2000, the Company anticipated selling the assets of Canton Die Division for $11.8 million, recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $12.8 million, and had classified these net assets as held for sale. The Company was unable to sell these assets during fiscal 2001; therefore, in October 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at this facility during fiscal 2002. As the Company currently does not have a specific plan for these assets, the assets of Canton Die Division are no longer classified as held for sale as of October 31, 2001. Certain assets of Canton Die Division may be transferred to other Shiloh locations or may be sold. During fiscal 2001, the Company recorded an additional pre-tax asset impairment charge of $1.5 million and a pre-tax restructuring charge of $0.4 million associated with the shutdown of this facility. The impairment charge was primarily taken to write down the long-lived assets to their current estimated fair value.

In August 1997, the Company acquired C&H Design Company, formerly d.b.a. C&H Die Technology and d.b.a. Utica Die Division, ("C&H") which was headquartered in Utica, Michigan. In October 2000, the Company closed the operations of C&H and transferred certain of its assets to other Shiloh locations. In July 1998, the Company commenced operation of Jefferson Blanking, Inc. ("Jefferson Blanking"), a blanking facility in Pendergrass, Georgia.

In November 1999, the Company acquired the automotive division of MTD Products Inc ("MTD Automotive") for $20.0 million in cash and 1,428,571 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), of which 535,714 were contingently returnable at November 1, 1999.

3

Pursuant to the terms of the earnout provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 21, 1999, as amended (the "Purchase Agreement"), entered into by and among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc ("MTD Products"), the aggregate consideration was increased due to the performance of MTD Automotive during the first twelve months subsequent to consummation of such acquisition. As a result of the subsequent performance of MTD Automotive, the 535,714 contingently returnable shares of Common Stock were not required to be returned to the Company and in January 2001, the Company issued MTD Products an additional 288,960 shares of Common Stock and the Company's wholly owned subsidiary issued a note in the aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. The Company was guarantor of the note. In accordance with the Purchase Agreement, approximately $1.8 million was returned to the Company for settlement of price concessions and capital expenditure reimbursements relating to fiscal 2000. These adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000 as adjustments to the purchase price payable under the terms of the Purchase Agreement. During fiscal 2001, MTD Products forgave all interest relating to the note through October 31, 2001 in the aggregate amount of $0.3 million. The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the note by issuing to MTD Products 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued in January 2002. In October 2001, the Company settled a contingency set forth in the Purchase Agreement related to price concessions for fiscal 2001 for approximately $1.3 million. This additional reduction to the purchase price is reflected in the Company's financial statements as of October 31, 2001. Also in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, the purchase price may be adjusted at the end of fiscal 2002 upon resolution of a final contingency.

In July 2000, the Company commenced operation of Shiloh de Mexico S. A. de C.V. ("Shiloh of Mexico" or "Saltillo Welded Blank Division"), a blanking facility in Saltillo, Mexico utilizing laser welded technology. On August 29, 2000, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of A.G. Simpson (Tennessee), Inc., d.b.a. Dickson Manufacturing Division ("Dickson"), for approximately $49.2 million, including approximately $1.2 million in acquisition costs. In January 2001, certain purchase price adjustments were made pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement with respect to the acquisition of Dickson in which approximately $4.5 million was released from escrow and returned to the Company. For accounting purposes, these adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of land, building and certain other assets of the Wellington Die Division for $3.5 million in cash resulting in a pre-tax loss of approximately $1.0 million. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $2.2 million associated with the remaining assets of this facility and a restructuring charge of $0.2 million. The remaining operations at Wellington Die Division were transferred to Wellington Stamping Division in the first quarter of fiscal 2002.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities of its Valley City Steel division to Viking Industries, LLC ("Viking") for $12.4 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company and Viking formed a joint venture, Valley City Steel, LLC ("VCS LLC"), in which the Company owns a minority interest (49%) in the new entity and Viking owns a majority interest (51%). Viking contributed the assets purchased to the joint venture. The Company also contributed certain other assets and liabilities of Valley City Steel to the joint venture. The Company retained ownership of the land and building where the joint venture conducts its operations, and leases these facilities to the joint venture. The new entity continues to supply steel processing services to the Company. As of September 1, 2002 and on the first day of every month thereafter, the Company has the right to require VCS LLC to repurchase its interest at a put purchase price as defined in the operating agreement. In addition, as of September 1, 2002 and on the first day of every month thereafter, both the Company and Viking have the right to purchase the others' interest at a call purchase price as defined in the operating agreement. The land and building leased by VCS LLC and owned by the Company secures debt incurred by VCS LLC. The debt matures in August 2003. Once this debt is discharged and released, the Company's ownership in VCS LLC will be reduced to 40% and Viking's interest increased to 60%. As a result of the transaction changing from a 100% sale to a partial sale in fiscal 2001, the Company reduced its estimated asset impairment loss by $11.7 million.

4

In September 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at the Shiloh of Michigan ("SOM" or "Romulus Blanking Division") blanking facility during fiscal 2002. This facility, located in Romulus, Michigan, was opened in 1996. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $5.8 million to write down certain assets to their estimated fair value. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $0.4 million associated with the closing of this facility. As of October 31, 2001, the Company has classified $7.5 million of real property and certain machinery and equipment at this facility as assets held for sale. Remaining assets will be sold or transferred to other operations within the Company.

The Company's principal executive offices are located at Suite 202, 103 Foulk Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19803 and its telephone number is (302) 998- 0592. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to the "Company" or "Shiloh" refer to Shiloh Industries, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

Industry

Engineered Products

In the engineered products business, OEMs and Tier I automotive suppliers purchase steel components from suppliers such as the Company. The Company manufactures these components and also engineers and builds tools and dies used in its blanking and stamping operations. In addition, the Company produces tools and dies and welding and assembly equipment for its customers. OEMs typically find it more cost effective and time efficient to focus their core operations on vehicle assembly, marketing and distribution.

Intermediate Steel Processing

Primary steel producers typically find it more cost effective to focus on the sale of standard size and tolerance steel to large volume purchasers and view the intermediate steel processor as part of their customer base. End- product manufacturers seek to purchase steel free from oxidation and scale, with closer tolerances, on shorter lead times and with more reliable and more frequent delivery than the primary steel producers can provide efficiently. These factors, together with the lower cost structure typically found in the outside supplier, have caused many end-product manufacturers to find it more beneficial, from a cost, quality and manufacturing flexibility standpoint, to outsource much of the intermediate steel processing, which is required for the production of their end-products.

Products and Manufacturing Processes

Engineered Products

The Company produces precision stamped steel components through its blanking and stamping operations. Blanking is a process in which flat-rolled steel is cut into precise two dimensional shapes by passing steel through a press, employing a blanking die. These blanks are used principally by manufacturers in the automobile, heavy truck, heating, ventilation and air conditioning ("HVAC") and lawn and garden industries. These blanks are used by the Company's automotive and heavy truck customers for automobile exterior parts, including fenders, hoods, doors and side panels, and heavy truck wheel rims and brake components. The Company's HVAC and lawn and garden customers use blanks primarily for compressor housings and lawn mower decks.

The Company produces engineered-welded blanks utilizing both the mash seam resistance and laser weld processes. The engineered-welded blanks that are produced generally consist of two or more sheets of steel or aluminum of the same or different material grade, thickness or coating welded together into a single flat panel. The primary distinctions between mash seam resistance and laser welding are weld bead appearance and cost.

Stamping is a process in which steel is passed through dies in a stamping press in order to form the steel into three dimensional parts. The Company also produces stamped parts using precision single stage, progressive and transfer dies, which in most cases, the Company designs and manufactures. Some stamping and blanking operations also provide value-added processes, such as welding, assembly and painting capabilities.

5

The Company also manufactures deep draw stampings, such as mufflers, oil pans, transmission pans and valve covers. The Company's stampings and assemblies are principally used as components for bumper beams, door impact beams, steering column support, chassis components, seat frames, structural rails, window lifts, vehicle brakes and other structural body components for automobiles and light trucks.

The Company also designs, engineers and produces precision tools and dies and weld and assembly equipment. To support the manufacturing process, the Company supplies substantially all of the tools and dies used in the blanking and stamping operations and a portion of the welding and secondary assembly equipment used to manufacture modular systems. The Company also produces tools and dies for sale to OEMs, Tier I suppliers and other industrial customers. Advanced technology is maintained to conduct activities and improve tool and die production capabilities. The Company has computerized most of the design and engineering portions of the tool and die production process to reduce production time and cost.

Intermediate Steel Processing

The Company processes flat-rolled steel principally for primary steel producers and manufacturers that require processed steel for end-product manufacturing purposes. The Company also processes flat-rolled steel for internal blanking and stamping operations. The Company either purchases hot- rolled and cold-rolled steel from primary steel producers located throughout the Midwest or receives the steel on a toll-processing basis and does not acquire ownership of it. This steel typically requires additional processing to meet the requirements of the end-product manufacturers. The Company's intermediate processing operations include oiling, slitting, cutting-to-length, edge trimming, roller leveling and quality inspecting of flat-rolled steel. In addition, through its minority-owned investment in VCS LLC, the Company provides the steel processing service of pickling.

The first processing operation for hot-rolled steel typically involves pickling, a chemical process in which an acidic solution is applied to the steel to remove the surface oxidation and scale which develops on the steel shortly after it is hot-rolled. During the pickling process, the steel is either coated with oil to prevent oxidation or with a borax-based solution to prevent oxidation and facilitate the stamping process. After pickling, the steel is ready for either additional processing or delivery to the customer.

Cold-rolled and hot-rolled steel often go through additional processing operations to meet the requirements of end-product manufacturers. Slitting is the cutting of coiled steel to precise widths. Cutting-to-length produces steel cut to specified lengths ranging from 12 inches to 168 inches. Edge trimming removes a specified portion of the outside edges of the coiled steel to produce a uniform width. Roller leveling flattens the steel by applying pressure across the width of the steel to make the steel suitable for blanking and stamping. To achieve high quality and increased volume levels and to be responsive to customers' just-in-time supply requirements, most of the Company's steel processing operations are computerized and have combined several complementary processing lines, such as slitting and cutting-to-length at single facilities. In addition to cleaning, leveling and cutting steel, the Company inspects steel to detect production flaws and utilize computers to provide both visual displays and documented records of the thickness maintained throughout the entire coil of steel. The Company also performs inventory control services for some customers.

Customers

The Company produces blanked and stamped parts and processed flat-rolled steel for a variety of industrial customers. The Company supplies steel blanks, stampings and modular assemblies primarily to North American automotive manufacturers and stampings to Tier I automotive suppliers. The Company also supplies blanks and stampings to manufacturers in the lawn and garden, HVAC, home appliance and construction industries. Finally, the Company processes flat-rolled steel for a number of primary steel producers.

One of the Company's largest customers is the Parma, Ohio stamping facility of the metal fabricating division of General Motors. The Company has been working with General Motors for more than 20 years and operates a vendor managed program to supply blanks, which includes on-site support staff, electronic data

6

interchange, logistics support and a just-in-time delivery system. The acquisition of MTD Automotive in November 1999 established Ford Motor Company as another significant customer. The Company supplies Ford with stampings and assemblies.

In fiscal 2001, General Motors and Ford accounted for approximately 28.4% and 12.9% of the Company's revenues, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

The current sales force consists of approximately 40 individuals. These individuals directly market the Company's automotive and steel processing products and services. The sales force is organized to enable the Company to target sales and marketing efforts at three distinct types of customers:

. OEM customers;

. Tier I suppliers; and

. Steel consumers and producers.

To supplement the sales and marketing efforts, the Company operates a sales and technical center in Auburn Hills, Michigan, which is in close proximity to its automotive customers. The Company's engineering staff at this center provides total program management, technical assistance and advanced product development support to customers during the product development stage.

Operations and Engineering

The Company operates its steel processing facilities on an integrated basis. A significant portion of the flat-rolled steel used by the Company in its blanking and stamping operations is supplied through its other steel processing operations. The Company typically designs, engineers and manufacturers substantially all of the tools and dies used in its blanking and stamping operations. Eleven of the Company's facilities were constructed by the Company and were located and designed to facilitate the integrated flow of the Company's processing operations.

Raw Materials

The basic materials required for the Company's operations are hot and cold- rolled steel. The Company obtains steel from a number of primary steel producers. A significant portion of the steel processing products and services are provided to customers on a toll processing basis. Under these arrangements, the Company charges a specified fee for operations performed without acquiring ownership of the steel and being burdened with the attendant costs of ownership and risk of loss. Through centralized purchasing, the Company attempts to purchase raw materials at the lowest competitive prices for the quantity purchased. The amount of steel available for processing is a function of the production levels of primary steel producers.

Competition

Competition for sales of steel blanks and stampings is intense, coming from numerous companies, including independent domestic and international suppliers, and from internal divisions of General Motors, Ford and DaimlerChrysler, as well as independent domestic and international Tier I and Tier II suppliers, which have blanking facilities and greater financial and other resources than the Company. The market for the Company's steel processing operations is also highly competitive. The Company competes with a number of steel processors in its region, such as Worthington Industries, Liberty Steel Fabricating, Inc., Precision Strip, Inc., and primary steel producers, many of which also have comparable facilities and greater financial and other resources than the Company. The primary characteristics of competition encountered in each of these markets are product quality, service, price and technological innovation. In addition, competition for sales of automotive

7

stamped modules is intense. Primary competitors in North America for the stamping business are Aetna/Sofedit, Cosma, a division of Magna International, Oxford Automotive and Tower Automotive. The significant areas of competition with these companies are price, product quality, delivery and engineering capabilities.

Employees

As of December 31, 2001, the Company had approximately 3,080 employees. The employees at four of the subsidiaries, an aggregate of approximately 1,095 employees, are covered by five collective bargaining agreements that are due to expire in May 2002, June 2002, May 2004, August 2005 and June 2006. The collective bargaining agreement that expires in June 2002 relates to the Romulus Blanking Division where operations will cease during fiscal 2002.

Backlog

Because the Company generally conducts its steel processing operations on the basis of short-term orders, backlog is not a meaningful indicator of future performance.

Seasonality

The Company typically experiences decreased revenue and operating income during its first fiscal quarter of each year, usually resulting from generally slower overall automobile production during the winter months. The Company's revenues and operating income in its third fiscal quarter can also be affected by the typically lower automobile production activities in July due to manufacturers' changeover in production lines.

Environmental Matters

The Company is subject to environmental laws and regulations concerning:

. emissions to the air;

. discharges to waterways; and

. generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste and hazardous materials.

The Company is also subject to laws and regulations that can require the remediation of contamination that exists at current or former facilities. In addition, the Company is subject to other federal and state laws and regulations regarding health and safety matters. Each of the production facilities has permits and licenses allowing and regulating air emissions and water discharges. While the Company believes that at the present time they are in substantial compliance with environmental laws and regulations, these laws and regulations are constantly evolving and it is impossible to predict whether compliance with all liability under these laws and regulations may have a material adverse effect on the Company in the future.

MTD Automotive, at its facilities in Parma and Valley City, Ohio, has engaged in industrial manufacturing operations since 1946 and 1968, during which time various hazardous substances have been handled at each facility. As a consequence of these historic operations, the potential for liability relating to contamination of soil and groundwater may exist at the Parma facility, which the Company leases from MTD Products, and the Valley City facility, which the Company owns. Although the Company could be liable for cleanup costs at these facilities, MTD Products is contractually obligated to indemnify the Company against any such costs arising as a result of operations prior to the Company's acquisition of the MTD Automotive business.

8

Item 2. Properties

The Company is a Delaware holding company that has sixteen wholly owned subsidiaries located in Ohio, Michigan, Georgia, Tennessee and Mexico. The Company believes substantially all of its property and equipment is in good condition and that it has sufficient capacity to meet its current operational needs. The Company considers full capacity of its operating facilities to be three eight hour shifts for 5.5 days per week. At October 31, 2001, the Company was operating at approximately 50% capacity. The Company's facilities, all of which are owned (except for its Utica, some of its Canton and Auburn Hills, Michigan, Wellington and Cleveland, Ohio facilities), are as follows:

                                               Square         Date of
Subsidiary                Location             Footage       Operation Description of Use
----------                --------             -------       --------- ------------------
Shiloh Corporation,
 d.b.a.                                                                Blanking/Tool and Die
 Mansfield Blanking
 Division                 Mansfield, Ohio      295,240         1955    Production
Medina Blanking, Inc.,
 d.b.a.
 Medina Blanking
 Division and Ohio
 Welded Blank Division    Valley City, Ohio    489,481         1986    Blanking
The Sectional Die
 Company, d.b.a.
 Wellington Die Division  Wellington, Ohio      85,667(1)      1998    Tool and Die Production
Sectional Stamping,
 Inc., d.b.a.
 Wellington Stamping
 Division                 Wellington, Ohio     226,316         1987    Stamping
VCS Properties, LLC       Valley City, Ohio    260,000(2)      1977    Other Steel Processing
Liverpool Coil
 Processing
 Incorporated, d.b.a.
 Liverpool Coil
 Processing Division      Valley City, Ohio    244,000         1990    Other Steel Processing
Shiloh of Michigan, LLC,
 d.b.a.
 Romulus Blanking
 Division                 Romulus, Michigan    170,600(3)      1996    Blanking
Greenfield Die &
 Manufacturing Corp.,
 d.b.a.
 Canton Manufacturing
 Division and Canton Die                                               Stamping/Tool and Die
 Division                 Canton, Michigan     280,370(4)      1996    Production
C&H Design Company,
 d.b.a.
 Utica Die Division       Utica, Michigan       62,500(5)      1997    Tool and Die Production
Jefferson Blanking,
 Inc., d.b.a.
 Jefferson Blanking
 Division                 Pendergrass, Georgia 190,600         1998    Blanking
Shiloh de Mexico S.A. de
 C.V. Shiloh Industries,
 Inc., d.b.a.
 Saltillo Welded Blank
 Division                 Saltillo, Mexico     153,020         2000    Blanking
Shiloh Automotive, Inc.,
 d.b.a.
 Liverpool Stamping
 Division and MTD
 Automotive               Valley City, Ohio    250,000(6)      1999    Stamping
Shiloh Automotive, Inc.,
 d.b.a.
 Cleveland Stamping
 Division, Cleveland Die
 Division and MTD                                                      Stamping/Tool and Die
 Automotive               Cleveland, Ohio      395,000(6)(7)   1999    Production/Administration
Dickson Manufacturing,
 d.b.a. Dickson
 Manufacturing Division   Dickson, Tennessee   242,000         2000    Stamping


(1) This facility was sold on July 31, 2001 and is leased through January 31, 2002 to the Company from the purchaser of Wellington Die Division.

(2) This facility is currently leased to Viking and VCS LLC conducts its operations from this site.

9

(3) The land, building and certain machinery and equipment at this facility are held for sale as of October 31, 2001.

(4) Represents five facilities, three of which are leased. The tool and die operations conducted by Canton Die Division will cease during fiscal 2002. The three leased facilities used by Canton Die Division are subject to a long term lease.

(5) Since October 31, 2000, operations of Utica Die Division ceased to be conducted at these facilities. The Company negotiated early termination of these leases during the first quarter of fiscal 2002.

(6) The Valley City facility is owned by the Company and the Cleveland facility is leased to the Company from MTD Products.

(7) Includes leased facilities that house the Sales and Technical Center in Auburn Hills, Michigan.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001.

Item 4A. Executive Officers of the Company

The information under this Item 4A is furnished pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

Curtis E. Moll, Chairman of the Board. Mr. Moll became Chairman of the Board of the Company in April 1999, and he has served as a Director of the Company since its formation in April 1993. Since 1980, Mr. Moll has served as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of MTD Products Inc, a privately-held manufacturer of outdoor equipment. Mr. Moll also serves as a director of Sherwin Williams Company and AGCO Corporation. Mr. Moll is 62 years old.

Theodore K. Zampetis, President and Chief Executive Officer. On January 28, 2002, Mr. Zampetis became the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. He has served as a director of the Company since 1993. From January 2001 to January 2002, he served as President of Strategic Partners International, LLC, a management consulting firm. From November 1999 to December 2000, Mr. Zampetis independently conducted research and performed certain consulting services. Previously, he had worked for 27 years at Standard Products Company, a manufacturer of rubber and plastic parts principally for automotive original equipment manufacturers, where he held various positions, including serving as the President and Chief Operating Officer of World Wide Operations from 1991 to 1999 at which point Standard Products was sold to Cooper Tire. Mr. Zampetis is 56 years old.

John F. Falcon, President and Chief Executive Officer. From April 1999 until January 28, 2002, Mr. Falcon had been the President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company. From 1995 to April 1999, Mr. Falcon held several positions at Lear Corporation, a supplier of automotive interior systems, including Director of Interiors for its General Motors division. Prior to that time, he had over twenty years of experience at General Motors, a manufacturer of vehicles, where he held several positions, including, among others, Worldwide Operations Manager for ignition and filtration products. Mr. Falcon is 53 years old. Mr. Falcon left the Company in January 2002.

10

Stephen E. Graham, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Graham was named Chief Financial Officer in October 2001. From February 2000 to October 2001, Mr. Graham served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Republic Technologies International, a steel manufacturing company. From May 1996 to February 2000, Mr. Graham served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dura Automotive, a Tier I automotive supplier. Prior to that time, Mr. Graham held senior financial management positions with automotive and truck component manufacturers such as Magna International, Truck Components and Cambridge Industries. Mr. Graham is 44 years old.

David K. Frink, Vice President of Engineered Welded Blanks. Mr. Frink was named Vice President of Engineered Welded Blanks in July 1997. He also served as Director of Corporate Purchasing from May 1996 to November 1999. Mr. Frink was President of Steel Processing from August 1996 to July 1997. Prior to August 1996, Mr. Frink had been the plant general manager at Liverpool Coil Processing since June 1991. Prior to that time, Mr. Frink had over 21 years of experience in the integrated steel industry working for LTV Steel. Mr. Frink is 54 years old. Mr. Frink left the Company in February 2002.

Larry D. Paquin, Vice President of Quality and Continuous Improvement. Mr. Paquin has served as Vice President of Quality and Continuous Improvement since August 1999. Prior to his tenure with the Company, Mr. Paquin had been Vice President and General Manager of Thomas Madison Incorporated, a privately-held automotive stamping manufacturer, from April 1996 to July 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Paquin served as President of the Crescive Die and Tool Company, a privately-held tool and die manufacturer. Mr. Paquin is 58 years old. Mr. Paquin left the Company in February 2002.

Mark D. Theisen, Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Mr. Theisen was named Vice President of Sales and Marketing in January 2001. Prior to that time, Mr. Theisen served as Vice President of Strategic Planning and Purchasing. Mr. Theisen was named Vice President of Strategic Planning of the automotive division of MTD Products in August 1998 and served as General Manager of the automotive division of MTD Products from June 1997 to August 1998. Prior to that time Mr. Theisen had been Marketing Manager of the automotive division of MTD Products from April 1995 to June 1997 and Sales Account Manager of the automotive division of MTD Products prior to that time. Mr. Theisen is 39 years old.

Patrick C. Boyer, Vice President of Tooling and Design. Mr. Boyer was named Vice President of Tooling and Design in June 1999. Prior to June 1999, Mr. Boyer was Vice President of Marketing from November 1998 to May 1999. Prior to that time, Mr. Boyer served as Plant General Manager of Wellington Stamping Division for a six-year period. Mr. P. Boyer is 46 years old. Mr. Boyer left the Company in January 2002.

Hayden M. Cotterill, Vice President of Engineered Products. Mr. Cotterill was named Vice President of Engineered Products in January 2000. Mr. Cotterill was employed by the Oxford Group, a Tier II supplier, from April 1998 to January 2000, where he held the position of General Manager of the suspension business unit. Prior to that time, he had over twenty-five years of experience with Eaton Corporation, a global diversified industrial manufacturer, in various positions, including general manager of two divisions of the automotive group. Mr. Cotterill is 54 years old. Mr. Cotterill left the Company in February 2002.

Stephen J. Tomasko, Vice President of Human Resources. Mr. Tomasko was named Vice President of Human Resources in April 2000. Prior thereto, Mr. Tomasko had been employed by the Reserve Group, a privately held company engaged in the acquisition and expansion of businesses involved in the production of steel and stampings. He held various positions at the Reserve Group and since 1995, he served as the Vice President of Administration. Mr. Tomasko is 58 years old. Mr. Tomasko left the Company in February 2002.

Robert A. Henderson, Vice President of Blanking. Mr. Henderson was named Vice President of Blanking in November 2000. Prior to that time, he served as Interim General Manager in charge of Mansfield Blanking and Romulus Blanking from November 1999 to November 2000. Prior thereto, he served as the Assistant Plant General Manager for Mansfield Blanking Division and in various accounting capacities for the Company since joining it in July 1996. Mr. Henderson began his career with Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Henderson is 34 years old.

11

John R. Walker, Vice President of Technical and Strategic Planning. Mr. Walker was named Vice President of Technical and Strategic Planning in January 2001. From June 1998 to January 2001, Mr. Walker had been employed by Oxford Automotive, an automotive manufacturer of closure panels, structural components, and springs in the capacity of Executive Director of Advanced Modular Systems and Global Integration. From 1993 to June 1998 he was Vice President Engineering for A.O. Smith Corporation, an automotive products company. Prior to that time his experience included over 23 years in automotive related businesses, serving in key manufacturing, engineering, tooling, as well as product design and development roles. Mr. Walker is 54 years old.

James E. Buddelmeyer, Vice President of Materials and Procurement. Mr. Buddelmeyer was named Vice President of Materials and Procurement in November 1999. Prior thereto, Mr. Buddelmeyer had been employed by Arvin-Meritor, a Tier I heavy truck and automotive supplier. He had over twenty-three years of experience with Arvin-Meritor where he held positions in operations and materials management. Mr. Buddelmeyer is 50 years old. Mr. Buddelmeyer left the Company in February 2002.

Richard K. Holmes, Vice President of Engineering Technology. Mr. Holmes was named Vice President of Engineering Technology in November 1999. Prior to November 1999, Mr. Holmes held the position of Senior Vice President of Product Development of MTD Products. Prior thereto, Mr. Holmes served in various positions for MTD Products from 1993 to November 1998. Prior to that time, he had over 17 years of experience with Firestone Steel Products and General Motors. Mr. Holmes is 49 years old.

12

PART II

Item 5. Market for Company's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

As of the close of business on February 11, 2002, there were 151 stockholders of record for the Company's Common Stock. The Company believes that the actual number of stockholders of the Company's Common Stock exceeds
400. The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of its equity securities, including Common Stock, since its incorporation in April 1993. The Company currently intends to retain earnings and does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SHLO." On February 12, 2002, the closing price for the Company's Common Stock was $1.40 per share.

The Company's Common Stock commenced trading on June 29, 1993. The table below sets forth the high and low bid prices for the Company's Common Stock for its four quarters in each of 2000 and 2001.

                                                               High     Low
                                                              ------- -------
1st Quarter
  January 31, 2000........................................... $11.875 $  8.00
2nd Quarter
  April 30, 2000............................................. $ 10.00 $9.0625
3rd Quarter
  July 31, 2000.............................................. $ 11.00 $  5.50
4th Quarter
  October 31, 2000........................................... $  9.25 $ 5.875
1st Quarter
  January 31, 2001........................................... $ 6.438 $  2.50
2nd Quarter
  April 30, 2001............................................. $  5.75 $ 2.850
3rd Quarter
  July 31, 2001.............................................. $ 5.680 $ 3.750
4th Quarter
  October 31, 2001........................................... $ 7.690 $  1.90

On November 1, 1999, the Company issued 1,428,571 shares of its Common Stock to MTD Products as a portion of the consideration for the acquisition by the Company of MTD Automotive. As consideration owed by the Company to MTD Products Inc under the earnout provision of the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued 288,960 shares of its Common Stock in January 2001. In addition, as of December 31, 2001, the Purchase Agreement was further amended and in accordance therewith, in January 2002, the Company issued to MTD Products 42,780 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock. These issuances of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 based on Section 4(2) of such Act.

13

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data of the Company. The data for each of the five years in the period ended October 31, 2001 is derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. The data presented below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

                                         Years Ended October 31,
                               -----------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except    2001      2000      1999      1998     1997
per share)                     --------  --------  --------  -------- --------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues.................... $662,447  $630,762  $354,220  $299,350 $273,161
                               ========  ========  ========  ======== ========
  Operating income (loss) as
   reported................... $(29,313) $ (7,269) $ 31,514  $ 30,019 $ 33,261
  Change in inventory costing
   method (1).................      --       (798)   (1,683)       42      (38)
                               --------  --------  --------  -------- --------
  Operating income (loss) as
   restated................... $(29,313) $ (8,067) $ 29,831  $ 30,061 $ 33,223
                               ========  ========  ========  ======== ========
  Net income (loss) as
   reported................... $(35,482) $(12,555) $ 15,310  $ 15,542 $ 20,093
  Change in inventory costing
   method (1).................      --       (476)   (1,045)       26      (23)
                               --------  --------  --------  -------- --------
  Net income (loss) as
   restated................... $(35,482) $(13,031) $ 14,265  $ 15,568 $ 20,070
                               ========  ========  ========  ======== ========
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:(2)
Basic and diluted earnings
 (loss) per share:
  Net income (loss) as
   reported................... $  (2.40) $   (.88) $   1.17  $   1.19 $   1.54
  Change in inventory costing
   method (1).................      --       (.03)     (.08)      --       --
                               --------  --------  --------  -------- --------
  Net income (loss) as
   restated................... $  (2.40) $   (.91) $   1.09  $   1.19 $   1.54
                               ========  ========  ========  ======== ========
  Basic weighted average
   number of common shares....   14,798    14,290    13,081    13,061   13,032
  Diluted weighted average
   number of common shares....   14,798    14,290    13,085    13,103   13,066
OTHER DATA:
  Capital expenditures........ $ 41,171  $ 66,191  $ 58,417  $ 67,968 $ 63,164
  Depreciation and amortiza-
   tion.......................   28,164    23,819    18,304    15,270   11,012
BALANCE SHEET DATA:(1)(2)
  Working capital............. $ 87,028  $138,963  $ 85,011  $ 57,387 $ 46,201
  Total assets................  529,460   572,107   425,419   354,693  290,344
  Total debt..................  268,545   251,545   171,450   135,865   96,400
  Stockholders' equity........  131,687   178,996   177,827   163,562  147,061


(1) During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company changed the method of inventory costing from last-in first-out (LIFO) to first-in first-out (FIFO) for certain inventories.

(2) Purchase price adjustments made in connection with the acquisitions of MTD Automotive and Dickson Manufacturing Division are reflected in earnings
(loss) per share and balance sheet data for fiscal 2001 and 2000.

14

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

The Company is a full service manufacturer of blanks and stamped components for the automotive and light truck, heavy truck and other industrial markets. The Company's engineered products include blanks, stamped components and modular assemblies. The Company also designs, engineers and manufactures precision tools and dies for the automotive and other industries. In addition, the Company provides a variety of intermediate steel processing services, such as oiling, cutting-to-length, slitting and edge trimming of hot and cold-rolled steel coils for automotive and steel industry customers. In addition, through its minority-owned investment, VCS LLC, the Company provides the intermediary steel processing service of pickling. In fiscal 2001, approximately 92.0% of the Company's revenues were generated by sales to the automotive and light and heavy truck industries.

The Company's origins date back to 1950 when its predecessor, Shiloh Tool & Die Mfg. Company, began to design and manufacture precision tools and dies. As an outgrowth of its precision tool and die expertise, Shiloh Tool & Die Mfg. Company expanded into blanking and stamping operations in the early 1960's. In April 1993, Shiloh Industries, Inc. was organized as a Delaware corporation to serve as a holding company for its operating subsidiaries and in July 1993 completed an initial public offering of Common Stock.

In August 1997, the Company acquired C&H, headquartered in Utica, Michigan. In October 1997, the Company incorporated Jefferson Blanking, Inc. and commenced operations at its facility located in Pendergrass, Georgia in July 1998.

On November 1, 1999, the Company acquired MTD Automotive, the automotive division of MTD Products Inc, headquartered in Cleveland, Ohio. MTD Automotive is primarily a Tier I supplier and primarily serves the automotive industry by providing metal stampings and modular assemblies. The aggregate consideration for the acquisition of MTD Automotive consisted of $20.0 million in cash and the issuance of 1,428,571 shares of Common Stock to MTD Products, of which 535,714 were contingently returnable at November 1, 1999. In January 2001, the aggregate consideration was increased based upon the performance of MTD Automotive during the first twelve months subsequent to closing. Specifically, the 535,714 contingently returnable shares of Common Stock were not required to be returned to the Company and the Company issued MTD Products an additional 288,960 shares of Common Stock and the Company's wholly owned subsidiary issued a note in the aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. The Company was guarantor of the note. In addition, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, approximately $1.8 million was returned to the Company for settlement of price concessions and capital expenditure reimbursements relating to fiscal 2000. These adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000 as adjustments to the purchase price payable under the terms of the Purchase Agreement. During fiscal 2001, MTD Products forgave all interest relating to the note through October 31, 2001 in the aggregate amount of $0.3 million. The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the note by issuing to MTD Products 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued in January 2002. In October 2001, the Company resolved a contingency in the Purchase Agreement related to price concessions for approximately $1.3 million. This additional reduction to the purchase price was recorded by reducing the value originally assigned to fixed assets and establishing an accounts receivable as of October 31, 2001. Also, in accordance with the Purchase Agreement, the purchase price may be adjusted at the end of fiscal 2002 upon resolution of a final contingency.

In July 2000, the Company announced that it would seek strategic alternatives for two of its tool and die facilities, C&H and Canton Die Division, and one of its steel processing facilities, Valley City Steel. In October 2000, the Company closed C&H and transferred certain of its assets to other Shiloh locations. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $6.5 million to write down certain long-lived assets to be disposed of. In addition, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, the Company

15

recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $1.2 million associated with the closing of this facility. In October 2001, the Company recorded an additional pre-tax asset impairment charge of $0.3 million to write down long-lived assets to their current estimated fair value.

As of October 31, 2000, the Company anticipated selling the net assets of Canton Die Division for $11.8 million, recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $12.8 million, and had classified these assets as held for sale. The Company was unable to sell these assets during fiscal 2001; therefore, in October 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at Canton Die Division during fiscal 2002. As the Company currently does not have a specific plan for these assets, the assets are no longer classified as held for sale as of October 31, 2001. Certain assets of Canton Die Division may be transferred to other Shiloh locations or may be sold. During fiscal 2001, the Company recorded an additional pre-tax asset impairment charge of $1.5 million and a pre-tax restructuring charge of $0.4 million associated with the shutdown of this facility. The impairment charge was primarily taken to write down the long- lived assets to their current estimated fair value.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities of its Valley City Steel division to Viking for $12.4 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company and Viking formed VCS LLC in which the Company owns a minority interest (49%) in the new entity and Viking owns a majority interest (51%). Viking contributed the assets purchased to the joint venture. The Company also contributed certain other assets and liabilities of Valley City Steel to the joint venture. The Company retained ownership of the land and building where the joint venture conducts its operations and leases these facilities to the joint venture. As of September 1, 2002 and on the first day of every month thereafter, the Company has the right to require VCS LLC to repurchase its interest at a put purchase price as defined in the operating agreement. In addition, as of September 1, 2002 and on the first day of every month thereafter, both the Company and Viking have the right to purchase the others interest at a call purchase price as defined in the operating agreement. The land and building leased by VCS LLC and owned by the Company secures debt incurred by VCS LLC. Once the debt matures in August 2003 and is discharged and released, the Company's ownership interest in VCS LLC will be reduced to 40% and Viking's interest will be increased to 60%. The new entity continues to supply steel processing services to the Company. As a result of the transaction changing from a 100% sale to a partial sale in fiscal 2001, the Company reduced its estimated asset impairment loss by $11.7 million.

In July 2000, the Company commenced operations of Saltillo Welded Blank Division. On August 29, 2000, the Company acquired substantially all the assets of A.G. Simpson (Tennessee), Inc., d.b.a. Dickson Manufacturing Division, for approximately $49.2 million, including approximately $1.2 million in acquisition costs. In January 2001, certain purchase price adjustments were made pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement in which approximately $4.5 million was released from escrow and returned to the Company. For accounting purposes, these adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of building, land and certain other assets of the Wellington Die Division for $3.5 million in cash resulting in a pre-tax loss of $1.0 million. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $2.2 million associated with the remaining assets of this facility and a restructuring charge of $0.2 million. The remaining operations at Wellington Die Division were transferred to Wellington Stamping Division in the first quarter of fiscal 2002.

In September 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at Romulus Blanking Division during fiscal 2002. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $5.8 million to write down certain assets to their estimated fair value. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $0.4 million associated with the closing of this facility. As of October 31, 2001, the Company has classified $7.5 million of real property and certain machinery and equipment at this facility as assets held for sale. The remaining assets will be sold or transferred to other operations within the Company.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.5 million associated with a reduction in its salaried workforce.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company changed its method of inventory costing from last-in first-out ("LIFO") to first-in first-out ("FIFO") for certain inventories. Prior periods have been restated to

16

reflect this change. The method was changed because the Company's steel inventory has experienced declines in costs due to supply and demand in the market place and many of the Company's peer group currently use the FIFO method of inventory costing. Furthermore, the majority of the Company's inventory is currently recorded using the FIFO method; therefore, the change will provide for greater consistency in the accounting policies of the Company and will also provide a better matching of revenue and expenses. The change increased net loss in fiscal 2001 by $0.6 million or $.04 per share and $0.5 million or $.03 per share in 2000 and decreased net income by $1.0 million or $.08 per share in 1999, and increased retained earnings for years prior to 1999 by $0.7 million.

In analyzing the financial aspects of the Company's operations, you should consider the following factors.

Plant utilization levels are very important to profitability because of the capital-intensive nature of these operations. Because the Company performs a number of different operations, it is not meaningful to analyze simply the total tons of steel processed. For example, blanking and stamping involve more operational processes, from the design and manufacture of tools and dies to the production and packaging of the final product, than the Company's other services and therefore generally have higher margins.

A portion of the Company's steel processing and blanking products and services is provided to customers on a toll processing basis. Under these arrangements, the Company charges a tolling fee for the operations that it performs without acquiring ownership of the steel and being burdened with the attendant costs of ownership and risk of loss. Although the proportion of tons of steel which the Company uses or processes that is directly owned as compared to toll processed may fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on customers' needs, the Company estimates that of total tons used or processed in its operations, approximately 67.1% in 2001, 75.9% in 2000 and 85.6% in 1999 were used or processed on a toll processing basis, excluding tons from which the Company receives a storage fee, approximately 61.0% in 2001, 72.5% in 2000 and 82.9% in 1999 were used or processed on a toll processing basis. Revenues from toll processing as a percent of total revenues were approximately 13.2% in 2001, 16.5% in 2000, and 27.6% in 1999. Revenues from operations involving directly owned steel include a component of raw material cost whereas toll processing revenues do not. Consequently, toll processing generally results in lower revenue, but higher gross margin, than directly owned steel processing. Therefore, an increase in the proportion of total revenues attributable to directly owned steel processing may result in higher revenues but lower gross margins. The Company's stamping operations generally use more directly owned steel than its other operations.

Changes in the price of scrap steel can have a significant effect on the Company's results of operations because substantially all of its operations generate engineered scrap steel. Engineered scrap steel is a planned by- product of the Company's processing operations. Changes in the price of steel, however, also can impact the Company's results of operations because raw material costs are by far the largest component of cost of sales in processing directly owned steel. The Company actively manages its exposure to changes in the price of steel, and, in most instances, passes along the rising price of steel to its customers. At times, however, the Company has been unable to do so.

Over the last several years, the Company's results of operations have been adversely affected by a large number of facility expansions and start-up operations in recent periods, such as Saltillo Welded Blank Division and Ohio Welded Blank Division, an expansion facility of Medina Blanking, Inc. Operations at expanded and new facilities are typically less efficient than established operations due to the implementation of new production processes. In addition, the Company depends on customers to implement their purchase programs in a timely manner, which affects the Company's ability to achieve satisfactory plant utilization rates. When the customers fail to implement their programs in a timely manner, the Company's results are negatively impacted. In the Company's experience, operations at expanded or new facilities may be adversely impacted by the above factors for several periods. In addition, during the last two fiscal years, the Company's results of operations have been adversely impacted as a result of the shutdown and sale of certain operations. During a shutdown, the Company typically continues to incur certain fixed costs, such as overhead related expenses, while also experiencing a diversion of certain resources, such as management-related resources.

17

The Company continues to maintain a customer/vendor relationship with LTV Steel Company ("LTV") with respect to purchasing processed steel from LTV's remaining inventory. In December 2000, LTV filed for bankruptcy protection under Title 11 of the United States Code. In December 2001, LTV was granted permission to liquidate assets under Title 7 of the United States Code. The Company's exposure to pre-petition and post-petition matters with LTV has been mitigated where appropriate and existing reserves are maintained to further reduce this exposure. The Company does not believe its exposure related to LTV, or other customers, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial results.

In August 2001, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144 "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" was issued effective for all fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 with early application encouraged. This Statement, which supersedes certain aspects of SFAS No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long- Lived Assets to be Disposed of", addresses implementation issues associated with SFAS No. 121 and improves financial reporting by establishing one accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In July 2001, SFAS No. 142 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" was issued effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 with earlier application permitted. This Statement establishes criteria for the recognition of intangible assets and their useful lives. It also results in companies ceasing the amortization of goodwill and requires companies to test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 142 as of November 1, 2002. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 142 will have on its financial condition and results of operations. The Company expects that it will no longer record $0.1 million of amortization associated with its $3.1 million of existing goodwill. The Company does not have any intangible assets impacted by SFAS No. 142.

Effective November 1, 2000, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

Results Of Operations

The following table sets forth statement of operations data of the Company expressed as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

                                                          Years Ended
                                                          October 31,
                                                       ---------------------
                                                       2001    2000    1999
                                                       -----   -----   -----
Revenues.............................................. 100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
Cost of sales.........................................  94.9    87.0    82.7
                                                       -----   -----   -----
Gross profit..........................................   5.1    13.0    17.3
Selling, general and administrative expense...........   9.6     8.8     8.9
Asset impairment charges (recovery)...................   (.2)    5.2     --
Restructuring charges.................................    .2      .2     --
                                                       -----   -----   -----
Operating income (loss)...............................  (4.5)   (1.2)    8.4
Interest expense......................................   3.2     2.4     2.1
Interest income.......................................     *       *       *
Minority interest.....................................   --      --       .1
Other income (expense), net...........................   (.4)     .2       *
                                                       -----   -----   -----
Income (loss) before taxes............................  (8.0)   (3.4)    6.5
Provision (benefit) for income taxes..................  (2.6)   (1.3)    2.5
                                                       -----   -----   -----
  Net income (loss)...................................  (5.4)%  (2.1)%   4.0%
                                                       =====   =====   =====


* Indicates that amounts are greater than 0.0 percent but less than 0.1 percent.

18

Year Ended October 31, 2001 Compared to Year Ended October 31, 2000 Revenues. Revenues increased by $31.7 million, or 5.0%, to $662.4 million for the year ended October 31, 2001 from $630.8 million for the comparable period in 2000. The increase in revenues is primarily due to Saltillo Welded Blank Division and Dickson Manufacturing Division being included in the operational results for an entire year and increased revenues at Ohio Welded Blank Division. The increases at Ohio Welded Blank Division are primarily a result of increases in production at this facility as a result of increased demand related to sport utility platforms on which the Company supplies certain parts. The increases at these locations were partially off-set by the overall slow down in the automotive and light truck and heavy truck markets. In addition, the increase in revenues was partially offset as a result of the loss of revenue with respect to the sale of Valley City Steel on July 31, 2001. The percentage of revenues from directly owned steel processed was 86.8% for fiscal 2001 compared to 83.5% for fiscal 2000. Revenues from the toll processed steel were 13.2% for fiscal 2001 compared to 16.5% for fiscal 2000. This shift in the mix of revenue from toll processing to directly owned steel processing is the result of the continued increase in revenue from automotive customers at Saltillo Welded Blank Division, Dickson Manufacturing Division and Ohio Welded Blank Division, which primarily use directly owned steel. In addition, scrap revenue decreased $4.5 million for fiscal 2001 both as a result of a decrease in the average scrap price per gross ton and a decrease in scrap volume as a result of a decrease in the total tons used or processed by the Company.

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased by $48.6 million, or 59.2%, to $33.5 million for fiscal 2001 from $82.1 million for the comparable period in 2000. Gross margin decreased to 5.1% in fiscal 2001 from 13.0% for the comparable period in 2000. The significant decrease in gross profit and gross margin is primarily related to the decrease in revenues in the automotive and heavy truck markets not absorbing related fixed costs and the shift in the mix of revenue from toll processing to directly owned steel. In addition, lower gross margin and lower gross profit were experienced at Cleveland Die Division, Canton Die Division and Wellington Die Division as a result of the softening in the tool and die business and, with respect to results for the first nine months of fiscal 2001, at Valley City Steel as a result of the weakened steel industry.

Selling, General And Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $7.6 million, or 13.7%, to $63.3 million in fiscal 2001 from $55.7 million in fiscal 2000. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses increased to 9.6% for fiscal 2001 from 8.8% for fiscal 2000. The increase in both dollars and percentage was primarily the result of bad debt expense relating to certain steel industry customers, who are currently in bankruptcy proceedings, and automotive industry customers, the inclusion of Saltillo Welded Blank Division and Dickson Manufacturing Division and increases at Ohio Welded Blank Division. The increase was partially off-set by the closing of C&H in October 2000 and the sale of Valley City Steel in July 2001.

Other. The Company recognized an asset impairment recovery of $1.9 million for fiscal 2001 compared to an asset impairment charge of $33.2 million in fiscal 2000. The fiscal 2001 asset impairment recovery resulted from a reversal of the estimated loss associated with the sale of assets of Valley City Steel Company being held for sale offset by asset impairment charges resulting from the closings of Romulus Blanking Division, Wellington Die Division and Canton Die Division. In addition, a restructuring charge of $1.4 million was recognized for fiscal 2001 compared to a $1.2 million restructuring charge in fiscal 2000. The fiscal 2001 restructuring charge resulted from the closings of Romulus Blanking Division, Wellington Die Division, C&H and Canton Die Division and severance expenses related to a salaried workforce reduction. Interest expense increased to $21.2 million in fiscal 2001 from $15.4 million for the comparable period in fiscal 2000 due primarily to increased average borrowings outstanding for the purchase of Dickson Manufacturing Division, capital expansion at Saltillo Welded Blank Division and other capital expenditures made during fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2001. Interest expense of approximately $1.2 million relating to expansion of Ohio Welded Blank Division, the addition of Saltillo Welded Blank Division facility and new equipment at Dickson Manufacturing Division was capitalized in fiscal 2001. Other expense of $2.4 million for fiscal 2001 decreased from other income of $1.5 million in fiscal 2000 due primarily to loss on sale of assets at Wellington Die Division and C&H in fiscal 2001, which was partially offset by the gain on the Company jet of $1.2 million in fiscal 2000. The income tax benefit was $17.3 million in fiscal 2001 compared to $8.8 million in fiscal 2000, representing effective tax rates of 32.7% and 40.3%, respectively.

19

Net Income (Loss). The net loss for fiscal 2001 of $35.5 million was $22.5 million greater than the net loss of $13.0 million for the comparable period in fiscal 2000. The increase in the net loss was substantially the result of decreases in revenues in the automotive and heavy truck markets not absorbing related fixed costs and the shift in the mix of revenue from toll processing to directly owned steel, which was partially offset by a significant reduction in asset impairment charges (recovery) in fiscal 2001 compared to fiscal 2000.

Year Ended October 31, 2000 Compared To Year Ended October 31, 1999

Revenues. Revenues increased by $276.5 million, or 78.1%, to $630.8 million for the year ended October 31, 2000 from $354.2 million for the comparable period in 1999. The increase in revenues is primarily due to the inclusion of MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division. MTD Automotive was acquired on November 1, 1999 and accounted for $207.1 million, or 74.9% of the revenue increase in fiscal 2000 as compared to fiscal 1999. Ohio Welded Blank Division, dedicated to engineered welded blanks for the automotive sector, became operational on November 1, 1999 and accounted for $60.0 million, or 21.7% of the revenue increase in fiscal 2000 as compared to fiscal 1999. In addition, in fiscal 2000, scrap revenue increased $6.9 million as a result of (1) an increase in the average scrap price per gross ton and (2) an increase in scrap volume, primarily as a result of the inclusion of MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division. Excluding MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division, scrap sales increased $4.1 million in fiscal 2000 as compared to fiscal 1999. The percentage of revenues from directly owned steel processed was 83.5% for fiscal 2000 compared to 72.4% for fiscal 1999. Revenues from the toll processed steel were 16.5% for fiscal 2000 compared to 27.6% for fiscal 1999. This shift in the mix of revenue from toll processing to directly owned steel primarily resulted from the addition of MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division, which derived substantial revenue from directly owned steel.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by $20.8 million, or 34.0%, to $82.1 million for fiscal 2000 from $61.3 million for the comparable period in 1999. Gross margin decreased to 13.0% in fiscal 2000 from 17.3% for the comparable period in 1999. The increase in gross profit is primarily related to the acquisition of MTD Automotive, which has historically generated lower gross margins than the historical results of the Company's existing operations. The decline in gross margin is primarily a result of the addition of MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division, which derive substantial revenue from sales of directly owned steel which results in higher revenues but lower gross margins. In addition, lower gross margin and lower gross profit were experienced at Canton Die Division and C&H as a result of the softening in the tool and die business and at Valley City Steel as a result of the weakening steel industry. Excluding MTD Automotive, Ohio Welded Blank Division, Canton Die Division, C&H and Valley City Steel, gross profit decreased by $2.7 million and gross margin increased to 19.7% for fiscal 2000.

Selling, General And Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $24.3 million, or 77.2%, to $55.7 million in fiscal 2000 from $31.4 million in fiscal 1999. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses decreased slightly to 8.8% for fiscal 2000 from 8.9% for fiscal 1999. The largest component of the increase, in dollars, arose principally from the addition of MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division. Excluding MTD Automotive and Ohio Welded Blank Division, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $14.2 million from fiscal 1999 and as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.6% from fiscal 1999. Additional increases are the result of: the addition of corporate personnel and related costs, a bad debt write-off relating to one customer, increased depreciation on the new business system software, write-off of costs relating to the high yield bond offering that was terminated during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, administrative expenses relating to Dickson Manufacturing Division, acquired in August 2000 and administrative expenses for the start-up of the Saltillo Welded Blank Division.

Other. The Company recognized a one-time asset impairment charge of $33.2 million relating to assets held for sale at Canton Die Division and Valley City Steel as well as a one time charge of $1.2 million for restructuring related to the closing of C&H. Interest expense increased to $15.4 million in fiscal 2000 from $7.5 million for the comparable period in fiscal 1999 due primarily to increased average borrowings during fiscal 2000 that were primarily incurred in connection with acquisitions and capital expenditures made during

20

fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000. Interest expense of approximately $2.6 million relating to expansion of several facilities was capitalized in fiscal 2000. The income tax benefit was $8.8 million in fiscal 2000 compared with a provision for income tax of $8.7 million in fiscal 1999, representing effective tax rates of 40.3% and 37.9%, respectively.

Net Income (Loss). Net income for fiscal 1999 decreased by $27.3 million to a net loss of $13.0 million for fiscal 2000. This decrease was substantially the result of the asset impairment charge and restructuring charge.

Liquidity And Capital Resources

At October 31, 2001, the Company had $87.0 million of working capital, representing a current ratio of 1.9 to 1 and debt to total capitalization of 67.1%.

Net cash provided by operating activities is primarily generated from operations of the Company plus non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, which because of the capital intensive nature of the Company's business, are substantial. Net cash provided by operating activities for 2001 was $4.2 million as compared to $44.0 million for the comparable period in fiscal 2000. Fluctuations in working capital and operating losses were the primary factors causing the decrease in net cash provided by operations from fiscal 2000 to fiscal 2001. Net cash provided by operating activities has historically been used by the Company to fund a portion of its capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2001 was $18.7 million compared to $137.0 million for the comparable period in fiscal 2000. The primary reasons for the decrease are the result of no acquisitions occurring in fiscal 2001, a reduction in capital expenditures offset by proceeds received primarily from the sale of assets of Valley City Steel and Wellington Die Division. Net cash provided by financing activities was $18.1 million in fiscal 2001 compared to $92.6 million in fiscal 2000. The primary reason for the decrease in fiscal 2001 compared to fiscal 2000 relates to decreased capital spending, decreased acquisition activity and proceeds from asset sales.

The Company's estimated capital expenditures for fiscal 2002 are approximately $25.0 million. The capital expenditures in fiscal 2002 are anticipated to be primarily for support of new business, expected increases in existing business and to enhance productivity.

Capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, were $41.2 million during the year ended October 31, 2001 and $66.2 million during fiscal 2000. The capital expenditures made during 2001 were primarily for expansions of existing facilities of approximately $34.1 million, as well as sustaining capital expenditures of approximately $7.1 million.

On August 11, 2000, the Company entered into a credit agreement with JP Morgan Chase, formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent for a group of lenders, which replaced the KeyBank Agreement with KeyBank NA as agent for a group of lenders. The credit agreement had an original commitment of $300.0 million and expired in August 2005. All amounts outstanding under the KeyBank Agreement were refinanced and all existing obligations under the KeyBank Agreement were terminated. As a result of the refinancing, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $1.5 million associated with the new Chase Manhattan credit agreement in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, which is being amortized over the term of the debt.

Under the credit agreement, the Company has the option to select the applicable interest rate at the alternative base rate ("ABR"), as defined in the credit agreement to be the greater of the prime rate in effect on such day and the federal funds effective rate in effect on such day plus half of 1%, or the LIBOR rate plus a factor determined by a pricing matrix (ranging from 0.5% to 1.5% for the ABR and ranging from 1.5% to 2.5% for the LIBOR rate) based on funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.

21

On May 10, 2001, the Company amended the credit agreement primarily to change the covenant thresholds. This amendment also provided that, among other things, upon the sale of Valley City Steel, the amount of availability under the credit agreement would decrease by $10.0 million. In addition this amendment increased the pricing matrix such that the ABR factor ranges from 1.25% to 2.5% and the LIBOR factor ranges from 2.25% to 3.5%. The factor as determined by the pricing matrix was 3.5% as of October 31, 2001 and 2.0% as of October 31, 2000. As a result of this amendment, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $0.8 million which are being amortized over the remaining term of the debt.

The terms of the credit agreement also require an annual commitment fee based on the amount of unused commitments under the credit agreement and a factor determined by a pricing matrix (ranging from 0.375% to 0.5%) based on funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The credit agreement also provides for the incurrence of debt under standby letters of credit and for the advancement of funds under a discretionary line of credit. The maximum amount of debt that may be incurred under each of these sources of funds is $15.0 million. Total availability at October 31, 2001 under the Company's credit agreement was $290.0 million, of which $23.5 million was unused. The interest rate at October 31, 2001 and 2000 was 5.875% and 8.625%, respectively.

The credit agreement is collateralized by an interest in all of the Company's and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries' cash and cash accounts, accounts receivable, inventory, mortgages on certain owned real property and equipment, excluding fixtures and general intangibles such as patents, trademarks and copyrights.

The credit agreement includes, without limitation, covenants involving minimum interest coverage, minimum tangible net worth coverage and a minimum leverage ratio. In addition, the credit agreement limits the incurrence of additional indebtedness, capital expenditures, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, leaseback transactions, acquisitions, prepayments of other debt, hedging agreements and liens and encumbrances and certain transactions resulting in a change of control. As of October 31, 2001, the Company was not in compliance with its debt covenants under the credit agreement.

On January 25, 2002, the Company's lenders consented to further amend the credit agreement. The amended and restated credit agreement was executed as of February 12, 2002. Significant provisions of the amendment and restatement include an increase in the pricing matrix such that the ABR factor ranges from 1.5% to 3.0% and the LIBOR factor ranges form 2.5% to 4.0%. In addition, the amended and restated credit agreement expires on April 30, 2004. The Company is required to obtain within 90 days of execution of the amendment and restatement $8.0 million in additional liquidity. This liquidity will be generated through certain transactions to be entered into with related parties and includes (1) the sale of certain machinery and equipment for $6.5 million, (2) payment of $1.0 million associated with a three year supply arrangement and (3) the issuance of two 9.0% promissory notes due May 1, 2004 in the aggregate principal of $0.5 million. In addition, the Company also has satisfied its requirement to generate approximately $12.0 million of additional liquidity, as defined in the amended and restated credit agreement, during the first quarter of fiscal 2002. Net proceeds from the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of certain assets by the Company are required to be used to prepay outstanding debt, which will reduce the total commitment under the amended and restated credit agreement by the amount equal to such prepayment. Certain additional changes to covenant thresholds and additional reporting requirements were instituted in accordance with the amended and restated credit agreement, such as capital expenditures for the Company are limited to $29.1 million for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2002 and the Company is required to achieve earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of $24.3 million for the year ending October 31, 2002. In connection with such amendment and restatement, the Company is required to pay an amendment fee to each lender equal to .25% of the aggregate amount of such lender's commitment. In addition, JP Morgan Chase received an arrangement fee of $0.2 million. Under the terms of the amended and restated credit agreement, the Company would have been in compliance with its covenants as of October 31, 2001. The Company is currently in compliance with its covenants under the amended and restated credit agreement.

On January 22, 2001, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, MTD Automotive, executed a note in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $4.0 million in favor of MTD Products Inc as partial payment of

22

the additional consideration owed to MTD Products based on the performance of MTD Automotive for the first twelve months subsequent to consummation of such acquisition. Specifically, aggregate consideration increased in that the 535,714 contingently returnable shares of Common Stock were not required to be returned to the Company, the Company issued MTD Products an additional 288,960 shares of Common Stock and the note was issued to MTD Products Inc. These adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000 as adjustments to the purchase price payable under the terms of the Purchase Agreement. During fiscal 2001, MTD Products forgave all interest relating to the note through October 31, 2001 in the aggregate amount of $0.3 million. The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the note by issuing to MTD Products 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued in January 2002.

In January 2001, due to certain purchase price adjustments made pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 18, 2000, by and between the Company and Dickson Manufacturing Division, approximately $4.5 million was released from escrow and returned to the Company. For accounting purposes, these adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000.

In February 2001, the Company terminated its demand promissory note as of December 6, 1996 in favor of The Richland Bank in the aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million.

On July 31, 2001, the Company repaid the $5.4 million Medina County, Ohio variable rate industrial revenue bonds in connection with the sale of certain assets of Valley City Steel. These variable rate industrial revenue bonds due in 2010 had been issued in March 1995 by Medina County, Ohio on behalf of the Company for an aggregate of $5.4 million in principal amount. These bonds had been secured by a letter of credit.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities of its Valley City Steel division to Viking for $12.4 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company and Viking formed VCS LLC in which the Company owns a minority interest (49%) in the new entity and Viking owns a majority interest (51%). Viking contributed the assets purchased to the joint venture. The Company also contributed certain other assets and liabilities of Valley City Steel to the joint venture. The Company retained ownership of the land and building where the operations of the joint venture take place, and leases these to the joint venture. The new entity continues to supply steel processing services to the Company. The land and building leased by VCS LLC and owned by the Company secures debt incurred by VCS LLC. Once the debt matures in August 2003 and is discharged and released, the Company's ownership interest in VCS LLC will be reduced to 40% and Viking's interest will be increased to 60%. As a result of the transaction changing from a 100% sale to a partial sale in fiscal 2001, the Company reduced its estimated asset impairment loss by $11.7 million.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of building, land and certain other assets of the Wellington Die Division for $3.5 million in cash resulting in a pre-tax loss of $1.0 million. In addition, The Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $2.2 million associated with the remaining assets of this facility and a restructuring charge of $0.2 million. The remaining operations at Wellington Die Division were transferred to Wellington Stamping Division in the first quarter of fiscal 2002.

The Company continues to maintain a customer/vendor relationship with LTV with respect to purchasing processed steel from LTV's remaining inventory. In December 2000, LTV filed for bankruptcy protection under Title 11 of the United States Code. In December 2001, LTV was granted permission to liquidate assets under Chapter 7 of the United States Code. The Company's exposure to pre- petition and post-petition matters with LTV has been mitigated where appropriate and existing reserves are maintained to further reduce this exposure. The Company does not believe its exposure related to LTV, or other customers, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

During 2001, the Company was unable to sell the net assets of Canton Die Division. In October 2001, the decision was made that operations at this facility would cease during fiscal 2002. The Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $1.5 million and a pre-tax restructuring charge of $0.4 million associated with the shutdown of this facility. The impairment charge was primarily taken to write down the long-lived assets to their current estimated fair value.

23

In September 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at the Romulus Blanking Division during fiscal 2002. During the fourth quarter ended October 31, 2001, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $5.8 million to write-down certain assets to their estimated fair value. Fair value was primarily based on appraisal values. Actual sale value may differ significantly from such estimates. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $0.4 million associated with the closing of the Romulus Blanking Division. The Company has classified $7.5 million of real property and certain machinery and equipment, which it intends to sell during fiscal 2002, as Net Assets Held for Sale as of October 31, 2001.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $0.5 million associated with a reduction in its salaried workforce.

The Company from time to time is involved in various stages of discussion or negotiation regarding other acquisitions, dispositions and other such transactions and strategic alternatives. There is no assurance that any such sale or strategic or other alternative will be consummated.

The Company is involved in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. In management's opinion, the outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company believes that it has sufficient resources available to meet the Company's cash requirements through at least the next twelve months. The Company believes that it can adequately fund its cash needs for the foreseeable future through borrowings under the amended credit agreement and cash generated from operations. In addition, the Company anticipates improving its cash position by accelerating receipt of payments from certain customers, obtaining tax refunds from federal and state government, reducing inventory levels and through the sale of certain plant, property and equipment. The Company's capital requirements will depend on and could increase as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, the ability of the Company to accomplish its strategic objectives, further downturns in the automotive and light truck and heavy industries and in the economy in general.

Effect Of Inflation

Inflation generally affects the Company by increasing the interest expense of floating rate indebtedness and by increasing the cost of labor, equipment and raw materials. The general level of inflation has not had a material effect on the Company's financial results.

Euro

On January 1, 1999, eleven of the fifteen countries (the "Participating Countries") that are members of the European Union established a new uniform currency known as the "Euro." The currency existing prior to such date in the Participating Countries was phased out, effective January 1, 2002. Because the Company has no European operations and no material European sales, the Company does not anticipate that the introduction and use of the Euro will materially affect the Company's business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.

Outlook

The statements contained in this Annual Report of Form 10-K that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties with respect to the Company's operations in fiscal 2001 as well as over the long term such as, without limitation, (i) the Company's dependence on the automotive and light truck and heavy truck industries, which are highly cyclical, the dependence of the automotive and light truck industry on consumer spending, which is subject to the impact of domestic and international economic conditions and regulations and policies regarding international trade, (ii) the ability of the Company to accomplish its strategic objectives with respect to external expansion

24

through selective acquisitions and internal expansion, (iii) increases in the price of, or limitations on the availability of steel, the Company's primary raw material, or decreases in the price of scrap steel (iv) risks associated with integrating operations of acquired companies, (v) potential disruptions or inefficiencies in operations due to or during facility expansions or start-up facilities, (vi) risks related to conducting operations in a foreign country,
(vii) risks related to labor relations, labor expenses or work stoppages involving the Company, its customers or suppliers or (viii) changes in the estimated sale prices of assets held for sale. Any or all of these risks and uncertainties could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect management's analysis only as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date hereof. In addition to the disclosure contained herein, readers should carefully review risks and uncertainties contained in other documents the Company files from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 7A. Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company's major market risk exposure is primarily due to possible fluctuations in interest rates as they relate to its variable rate debt. The Company does not enter into derivative financial investments for trading or speculation purposes. As a result, the Company believes that its market risk exposure is not material to the Company's financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

25

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Report of Independent Accountants........................................   27
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 31, 2001 and 2000.................   28
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended October
 31, 2001................................................................   29
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended October
 31, 2001................................................................   30
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended
 October 31, 2001........................................................   31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................   32

Financial Statement Schedule for the three years ended October 31, 2001 is included in Item 14 of this Annual Report of Form 10-K.

II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

26

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Shiloh Industries, Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shiloh Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries at October 31, 2001 and 2000 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for certain inventories in 2001.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
February 12, 2002

27

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                           October 31,
                                                    --------------------------
                                                        2001          2000
                                                    ------------  ------------
                      ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents.......................... $  4,715,384  $  1,172,597
Accounts receivable, net...........................   95,172,408   127,572,671
Income tax receivable..............................    2,713,969     1,346,659
Inventories, net...................................   58,350,213    67,733,557
Net assets held for sale...........................    7,499,946    32,705,765
Deferred income taxes..............................   11,535,482    13,980,429
Prepaid expenses...................................    3,237,120     5,039,467
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total current assets...........................  183,224,522   249,551,145
                                                    ------------  ------------
Property, plant and equipment, net.................  315,284,720   308,315,249
Goodwill, net......................................    3,143,500     3,793,616
Investment and advances to affiliate...............   12,273,888           --
Other assets.......................................   15,533,845    10,447,412
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total assets................................... $529,460,475  $572,107,422
                                                    ============  ============


       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:


Accounts payable................................... $ 78,753,589  $ 89,615,428
Advanced billings..................................      382,120       580,758
Other accrued expenses.............................   17,060,767    20,391,366
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities......................   96,196,476   110,587,552
                                                    ------------  ------------
Long-term debt.....................................  268,545,392   251,545,392
Deferred income taxes..............................      125,777    22,883,801
Long-term benefit liabilities......................   31,096,229     6,296,336
Other liabilities..................................    1,809,601     1,798,526
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities..............................  397,773,475   393,111,607
                                                    ------------  ------------


Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares
   authorized and unissued.........................          --            --
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share;
   25,000,000 shares authorized; 14,798,094 shares
   issued and outstanding at October 31, 2001 and
   2000, respectively..............................      147,980       147,980
  Paid-in capital..................................   53,924,048    53,924,048
  Retained earnings................................   89,783,206   125,265,330
  Other comprehensive loss.........................  (12,168,234)     (341,543)
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity.....................  131,687,000   178,995,815
                                                    ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..... $529,460,475  $572,107,422
                                                    ============  ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

28

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                               Years Ended October 31,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                            2001          2000          1999
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Revenues..............................  $662,446,826  $630,761,934  $354,219,562
Cost of sales.........................   628,922,572   548,662,325   292,947,853
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Gross profit..........................    33,524,254    82,099,609    61,271,709
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses.............................    63,343,792    55,698,948    31,441,216
Asset impairment charges (recovery)...    (1,917,523)   33,237,367           --
Restructuring charges.................     1,410,757     1,229,932           --
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating income (loss)...............   (29,312,772)   (8,066,638)   29,830,493
Interest expense......................    21,186,489    15,406,999     7,488,570
Interest income.......................        94,197        94,228       109,331
Minority interest.....................           --            --        473,975
Other income (expense), net...........    (2,369,177)    1,535,679        65,682
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before equity in net
 earnings of affiliated company and
 income taxes.........................   (52,774,241)  (21,843,730)   22,990,911
Equity in net earnings of affiliated
 company..............................        20,809           --            --
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes.....   (52,753,432)  (21,843,730)   22,990,911
Provision (benefit) for income taxes..   (17,271,308)   (8,812,314)    8,725,480
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
  Net income (loss)...................  $(35,482,124) $(13,031,416) $ 14,265,431
                                        ============  ============  ============
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
  Net income (loss)...................  $      (2.40) $       (.91) $       1.09
                                        ============  ============  ============
  Weighted average number of common
   shares.............................    14,798,094    14,290,105    13,080,563
                                        ============  ============  ============
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:....
  Net income (loss)...................  $      (2.40) $       (.91) $       1.09
                                        ============  ============  ============
  Weighted average number of common
   shares.............................    14,798,094    14,290,105    13,085,283
                                        ============  ============  ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

29

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                              Years Ended October 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                          2001           2000          1999
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss).................  $ (35,482,124) $ (13,031,416) $14,265,431
  Adjustments to reconcile net
   income (loss) from continuing
   operations to net cash provided
   by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...     28,163,558     23,819,306   18,303,985
    Asset impairment charges
     (recovery).....................     (1,917,523)    33,237,367          --
    Equity in net earnings of
     affiliated company.............        (20,809)           --           --
    Non cash restructuring charges..        907,004        969,897          --
    Minority interest...............            --             --      (473,975)
    Deferred income taxes...........    (12,946,000)   (11,438,828)   6,817,461
    Loss (gain) on sale of assets...      1,813,830     (1,554,620)     (60,059)
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities, net of working
   capital changes resulting from
   acquisitions:
    Accounts receivable.............     33,377,456    (17,199,635) (32,867,804)
    Inventories.....................     13,790,600     (2,859,269)    (651,921)
    Prepaids and other assets.......      3,273,070      7,085,956   (5,097,082)
    Payables and other liabilities..    (25,394,955)    27,620,310   11,887,914
    Accrued income taxes............     (1,367,309)    (2,633,435)     273,318
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
      Net cash provided by operating
       activities...................      4,196,798     44,015,633   12,397,268
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
  Capital expenditures..............    (41,170,566)   (66,190,565) (58,416,797)
  Proceeds from sale of assets......     16,167,109      1,785,532   11,452,211
  Acquisitions, net of cash.........      6,298,772    (72,634,232)         --
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
      Net cash used in investing
       activities...................    (18,704,685)  (137,039,265) (46,964,586)
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVATES:
  Proceeds from short-term
   borrowings.......................            --             --    63,808,000
  Repayments of short-term
   borrowings.......................            --             --   (37,713,000)
  Book overdrafts...................      1,879,980     18,069,886      968,000
  Proceeds from long-term
   borrowings.......................    359,900,000    352,350,000   30,458,000
  Repayments of long-term
   borrowings.......................   (342,900,000)  (276,300,000) (20,968,000)
  Payment of debt financing costs...       (829,306)    (1,499,461)  (1,052,601)
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
      Net cash provided by financing
       activities...................     18,050,674     92,620,425   35,500,399
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
 cash equivalents...................      3,542,787       (403,207)     933,081
Cash and cash equivalents at
 beginning of year..................      1,172,597      1,575,804      642,723
                                      -------------  -------------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 year...............................  $   4,715,384  $   1,172,597  $ 1,575,804
                                      =============  =============  ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

30

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                     Common
                                     Stock                              Accumulated
                           Common    ($.01   Additional                    Other                        Other
                           Stock      Par      Paid-In     Retained    Comprehensive                Comprehensive
                           Shares    Value)    Capital     Earnings        Loss          Total          Loss
                         ---------- -------- ----------- ------------  -------------  ------------  -------------
October 31, 1998........ 13,080,563 $130,805 $39,399,805 $123,287,186  $        --    $162,817,796  $        --
Cumulative effect on
 prior years change in
 inventory costing
 method (Note 6)........        --       --          --       744,129           --         744,129           --
Net income..............        --       --          --    14,265,431           --      14,265,431           --
                         ---------- -------- ----------- ------------  ------------   ------------  ------------
October 31, 1999........ 13,080,563  130,805  39,399,805  138,296,746           --     177,827,356
Issuance of common
 shares.................  1,717,531   17,175  14,524,243          --            --      14,541,418           --
Net loss................        --       --          --   (13,031,416)          --     (13,031,416)  (13,031,416)
Minimum pension
 liability, net of tax
 of $218,363............        --       --          --           --       (341,543)      (341,543)     (341,543)
                                                                                                    ------------
Comprehensive income
 (loss).................        --       --          --           --            --             --    (13,372,959)
                         ---------- -------- ----------- ------------  ------------   ------------
October 31, 2000........ 14,798,094  147,980  53,924,048  125,265,330      (341,543)   178,995,815
Net loss................        --       --          --   (35,482,124)          --     (35,482,124)  (35,482,124)
Minimum pension
 liability, net of tax
 of $7,585,392..........        --       --          --           --    (11,826,691)   (11,826,691)  (11,826,691)
                                                                                                    ------------
Comprehensive income
 (loss).................        --       --          --           --            --             --   $(60,681,774)
                         ---------- -------- ----------- ------------  ------------   ------------  ============
October 31, 2001........ 14,798,094 $147,980 $53,924,048 $ 89,783,206  $(12,168,234)  $131,687,000
                         ========== ======== =========== ============  ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

31

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1--Business

Shiloh Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") is a full service manufacturer of blanks, stamped components and modular assemblies for the automotive and light truck, heavy truck and other industrial markets. The Company's blanks, stampings and modular assemblies are substantially sold to automotive and truck original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"). To a lesser extent, the Company designs, engineers and manufacturers precision tools and dies and welding and assembly equipment for use in its blanking and stamping operations for sale to OEMs, Tier I automotive suppliers and other industrial customers. Furthermore, the Company, through its operations and minority-owned investment, provides a variety of intermediate steel processing services, such as pickling and oiling, cutting-to-length, slitting and edge trimming of hot and cold-rolled steel coils for automotive and steel industry customers. The Company has sixteen wholly owned subsidiaries at locations in Ohio, Michigan, Georgia, Tennessee and Mexico.

Note 2--Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. An investment in a less than majority-owned affiliate is accounted for using the equity method.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue upon product shipment. Revenues include both direct sales as well as toll processing revenue. Toll processing revenue is generated as a result of the Company performing steel processing operations without acquiring ownership of the material and is recorded on a net basis. Revenues include $87,404,094, $103,937,259 and $97,937,323 of toll processing revenue for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

The Company recognizes revenue on tooling contracts when the contract is complete. Losses are provided for when estimates of total contract revenue and contract costs indicate a loss.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company classifies all amounts billed to a customer in a sales transaction related to shipping and handling as revenue. Additionally, the Company classifies costs incurred by the seller for shipping and handling as costs of goods sold.

Employee Benefit Plans

The Company accrues the cost of defined benefit pension plans which cover a majority of the Company's employees in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 87. The plans are funded based on the requirements and limitations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The majority of employees of the Company participate in discretionary profit sharing plans administered by the Company. The Company also provides postretirement benefits to certain employees (Note 12).

Intangibles

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of acquired entities and is amortized on a straight-line basis over its expected benefit period of 30 years. During 2001, 2000 and 1999,

32

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

goodwill amortization amounted to $139,280, $396,803 and $408,558 respectively. Accumulated amortization was $616,463 and $1,589,464 as of October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The Company uses an undiscounted cash flow method to review the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and other long-lived assets.

Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the debt. During 2001, 2000 and 1999, amortization of these costs amounted to $550,855, $232,475 and $17,543, respectively. Accumulated amortization was $800,873 and $250,018 as of October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Statement of Cash Flows Information

Cash and cash equivalents include checking accounts and all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information are as follows:

                                                  Years Ended October 31,
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                2001        2000        1999
                                             ----------- ----------- ----------
Cash paid for:
  Interest.................................. $21,647,043 $17,223,100 $9,843,836
  Income taxes, net of refunds.............. $   920,000 $ 5,259,947 $1,606,386
Noncash investing and financing activities:
  Investment in affiliate through
   contributed assets....................... $12,446,734 $       --  $      --
  Assets acquired by assumption of
   liabilities in a purchase business
   combination.............................. $       --  $26,675,532 $      --
  Note payable issued in a purchase business
   combination.............................. $       --  $ 4,045,392 $      --
  Accounts receivable from purchase business
   combinations............................. $ 1,326,000 $ 6,298,772 $      --
  Common stock issued in a purchase business
   combination.............................. $       --  $14,541,419 $      --

The interest on the note payable issued in a purchase business combination was forgiven (see Note 10).

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined by the first-in first-out ("FIFO") method, which approximates average cost. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company changed the method of inventory costing from last-in first-out ("LIFO") to FIFO for certain inventories. Prior periods have been restated to reflect this change (Note 6).

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major improvements are capitalized. The cost of these improvements is depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Useful lives range from five to twelve years for furniture and fixtures and machinery and equipment, fifteen to twenty years for land improvements and thirty to forty years for buildings and their related improvements. Depreciation is computed using principally the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability method in accounting for income taxes which requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

33

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Concentration Of Credit Risk

The Company sells products to customers primarily in the automotive, light truck and heavy truck industries. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral when extending credit. The Company maintains a reserve for potential credit losses. Such losses have historically been within management's expectations. Currently, the Company does not have financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. During fiscal 2001, the Company's sales to General Motors and Ford Motor Company represented 28.4% and 12.9% of the Company's revenues, respectively.

As of October 31, 2001, the Company had approximately 3,100 employees. The employees at four of its subsidiaries, an aggregate of approximately 1,180 employees, are covered by five collective bargaining agreements that are due to expire in May 2002, June 2002, May 2004, August 2005 and June 2006. The collective bargaining agreement that expires in June 2002 relates to the Romulus Blanking Division where operations will cease during fiscal 2002.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of cash and investments, trade receivables and payables approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments. The carrying value of the Company's long-term debt is considered to approximate the fair value of these instruments based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 in accounting for stock-based employee compensation; however, the impact of the fair value based method described in SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" is presented in the notes to the financial statements (Note 13).

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects the potential dilutive effect of the Company's stock option plan by adjusting the denominator using the treasury stock method.

The outstanding stock options under the Company's Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan (Note 13) are included in the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation to the extent they are dilutive. The only reconciling item between the average outstanding shares in each calculation is the stock options outstanding. The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share computation for net income (loss):

                                               Years Ended October 31,
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                            2001          2000         1999
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
Net income (loss)...................... $(35,482,124) $(13,031,416) $14,265,431
                                        ============  ============  ===========
Basic weighted average shares..........   14,798,094    14,290,105   13,080,563
Effect of dilutive securities:
  Stock options........................          --            --         4,720
                                        ------------  ------------  -----------
Diluted weighted average shares........   14,798,094    14,290,105   13,085,283
                                        ============  ============  ===========
Basic earnings (loss) per share........ $      (2.40) $       (.91) $      1.09
                                        ============  ============  ===========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share...... $      (2.40) $       (.91) $      1.09
                                        ============  ============  ===========

34

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The 535,714 contingently returnable shares of Common Stock of the Company and the 288,960 additional shares of Common Stock of the Company associated with the MTD Automotive acquisition (Note 3) were not included in quarterly weighted average shares when the Company published its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q during fiscal 2000 since the earnout contingency had not been resolved as of such time. Since the contingency was resolved by the end of fiscal 2000, such shares are included in basic and diluted weighted average shares from the beginning of the quarter in which they were earned for the twelve months ended October 31, 2000. Weighted average shares and earnings
(loss) per share for each quarterly period presented in Note 16 were revised to reflect shares earned during the respective period based on the contingency resolution. The 288,960 additional shares were issued in January 2001 and were considered issued and outstanding for financial reporting purposes at October 31, 2000.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to be consistent with current year presentation.

New Accounting Standards

In August 2001, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144 "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" was issued effective for all fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 with early application encouraged. This Statement, which supersedes certain aspects of SFAS No. 121 "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long- Lived Assets to be Disposed of", addresses implementation issues associated with SFAS No. 121 and improves financial reporting by establishing one accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

In July 2001, SFAS No. 142 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" was issued effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001 with earlier application permitted. This Statement establishes criteria for the recognition of intangible assets and their useful lives. It also results in companies ceasing the amortization of goodwill and requires companies to test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis. The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 142 as of November 1, 2002. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS No. 142 will have on its financial condition and results of operations. The Company expects that it will no longer record approximately $123,000 of amortization associated with its $3,143,500 of existing goodwill. The Company does not have any intangible assets impacted by SFAS No. 142.

Effective November 1, 2000, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

Note 3--Acquisitions

On August 29, 2000 the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of A.G. Simpson (Tennessee) Inc. for approximately $49,222,546 consisting of $47,932,625 in cash and $1,289,921 in acquisition costs. In January 2001, certain purchase price adjustments were made pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement in which $4,478,659 was released from escrow and returned to the Company.

35

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

For accounting purposes, these adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000. Accounts receivable at October 31, 2000 included $4,478,659 related to these adjustments. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The assets and liabilities of A.G. Simpson (Tennessee) Inc., d.b.a. Dickson Manufacturing Division were recorded at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The total cost of net assets acquired, after adjustments, was $44,743,887 and consisted of assets of $57,176,137 less liabilities assumed of $12,432,250. Assets acquired (at fair value) consisted primarily of accounts receivable of $12,396,976, inventories of $2,096,765, costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts of $3,176,462, prepaid expenses of $17,574, and fixed assets of $39,488,360. Liabilities assumed (at fair value) consisted primarily of accounts payable of $9,992,882, accrued liabilities of $1,946,667 and billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts of $492,701. The Consolidated Statement of Operations includes the results of operations of Dickson Manufacturing Division since the date of the acquisition.

On November 1, 1999, the Company acquired MTD Automotive, the automotive division of MTD Products Inc, a significant stockholder of the Company. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. MTD Automotive is a manufacturer of stamped parts and components for the automotive industry, and sells primarily to original equipment manufacturers in the United States. MTD Automotive net sales were $192,850,382 in its fiscal year ended July 31, 1999.

Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of MTD Automotive for aggregate consideration of $20,000,000 in cash and 1,428,571 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a price of $14.00 per share. Of the original 1,428,571 shares of Common Stock issued, 535,714 shares were considered contingent consideration for the first three quarters of fiscal 2000 and did not enter into the purchase price allocation until the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, when the contingency was resolved. The aggregate consideration was substantially increased in that the 535,714 contingently returnable shares of Common Stock were not required to be returned to the Company and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company issued a note to MTD Products in the aggregate principal amount of $4,045,392. The Company was guarantor of the note. The note was payable in full on November 1, 2001. In addition, the purchase price decreased by $1,820,113 for settlement of certain price concessions and capital expenditures reimbursements. These adjustments were reflected in the Company's financial statements for the year ended October 31, 2000 as adjustments to the purchase price. In January 2001, the aggregate consideration was increased based upon the performance of MTD Automotive during the first twelve months subsequent to closing. Specifically, the contingently returnable shares were not required to be returned to the Company, and the Company issued to MTD Products an additional 288,960 shares of Common Stock, which were considered issued and outstanding for financial reporting purposes at October 31, 2000. During fiscal 2001, MTD Products forgave all interest relating to the note through October 31, 2001 in the aggregate amount of $348,713. The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the note by issuing to MTD Products 42,780 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. (Note 10 and Note 18).

The Company incurred an aggregate of $1,591,573 in acquisition costs associated with the acquisition of MTD Automotive. Cash in the amount of $20,000,000 was paid on the effective date of the acquisition and was financed by the Company's revolving credit facility and 1,428,571 shares of common stock were issued on the same date. The initial purchase price was calculated based on $20,000,000 cash paid at closing and 892,857 shares of Common Stock valued at $9,642,856, based on the market price at the date of the acquisition. The purchase price was increased by $4,045,392 in cash and 824,674 shares of Common Stock valued at $4,898,563 based on the market price at October 31, 2000, the time the performance contingency was resolved, and decreased by $1,820,113 for settlement of certain price concessions and capital expenditure reimbursements, which was included in accounts receivable at October 31, 2000.

36

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The purchase price was allocated to the underlying assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. The total cost of net assets acquired was $37,032,271 and consisted of assets of $50,956,180 less liabilities assumed of $13,923,909. Assets acquired (at fair value) consisted of accounts receivable of $19,366,134, inventory of $24,196,338, pension assets of $4,465,799, fixed assets of $2,807,225 and other assets of $120,684. Liabilities assumed (at fair value) consisted of accounts payable of $10,987,658 and accrued liabilities of $2,936,251. This allocation was adjusted in October 2001 as the Company settled a contingency set forth in the Purchase Agreement related to certain price concessions for fiscal 2001. This resolution decreased the purchase price by $1,326,000 and was recorded by reducing the value originally assigned to fixed assets and establishing an accounts receivable as of October 31, 2001. As set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the purchase price may be adjusted at the end of fiscal 2002 upon resolution of a final contingency. The Consolidated Statement of Operations includes the results of operations of MTD Automotive since the date of the acquisition.

The following are unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended October 31, 2000 and 1999 assuming the acquisitions of Dickson Manufacturing Division had occurred on November 1, 1998 and 1999 and MTD Automotive had occurred on November 1, 1998. The results are not necessarily indicative of future operations or what would have occurred had the acquisitions been consummated on November 1, 1998.

                                                            Unaudited Pro
                                                          Forma Information
                                                             Years Ended
                                                             October 31,
                                                          ------------------
                                                            2000      1999
                                                          --------  --------
Total revenues........................................... $675,234  $597,160
Net income (loss)........................................  (10,410)   19,798
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share.................     (.73)     1.51

Note 4--Asset Impairment Charges (Recovery) and Restructuring Charges

During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $489,941 associated with a reduction in its salaried workforce.

In September 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at the Romulus Blanking facility during fiscal 2002. During the fourth quarter ended October 31, 2001, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $5,801,409 to write-down certain assets to their estimated fair value. Fair value was primarily based on appraisal values. Actual sale value may differ significantly from such estimates. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $365,914 associated with the closing of the Romulus Blanking facility. The restructuring charge consisted of personnel costs of $163,230, facility closing costs of $90,505, lease termination costs of $102,894 and other costs of $9,285. Approximately $457,000 remains as accrued exit costs at October 31, 2001. The Company has classified $7,499,946 of real property and certain machinery and equipment, which it intends to sell during fiscal 2002, as Net Assets Held for Sale as of October 31, 2001.

On July 31, 2001, the Company completed the sale of land, building and certain other assets of the Wellington Die Division for $3,580,815 in cash resulting in a pre-tax loss of approximately $973,000. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $2,161,242 associated with remaining assets of this division and a restructuring charge of $182,855. Approximately $169,043 remained as accrued exit costs at October 31, 2001. The remaining operations at Wellington Die Division were transferred to Wellington Stamping Division in the first quarter of fiscal 2002.

On July 31, 2001 the Company completed the sale of certain assets and liabilities of Valley City Steel to Viking Industries, LLC ("Viking") for $12.4 million. In connection with this transaction, the Company and

37

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Viking formed a joint venture, Valley City Steel LLC ("VCS LLC"), in which the Company owns a minority interest (49%) in the new entity and Viking owns a majority interest (51%). Viking contributed the assets purchased to the joint venture. The Company also contributed certain other assets and liabilities of Valley City Steel to the joint venture. The Company retained ownership of the land and building where the joint venture conducts its operations and leases these facilities to the joint venture. The new entity continues to supply steel processing services to the Company. As a result of the transaction changing from a 100% sale to a partial sale in fiscal 2001, the Company reduced its estimated asset impairment loss of $13,873,882 at October 31, 2000 by $11,708,625. The resulting pre-tax loss on the transaction was $2,165,257.

As of October 31, 2000, the Company anticipated selling the net assets of Canton Die Division for $11,800,000, recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $12,824,055, and had classified these assets as held for sale. During 2001, the Company was unable to sell the net assets of Canton Die Division. As a result, in October 2001, the decision was made to cease operations at this facility during fiscal 2002. As the Company currently does not have a specific plan for these assets, the assets of Canton Die Division are no longer classified as held for sale as of October 31, 2001. The Company recorded an additional pre-tax asset impairment charge of $1,492,502 and a pre-tax restructuring charge of $372,047 associated with the shut down of this facility. The impairment charge was primarily taken to write down the long- lived assets to their current estimated fair value. The restructuring charge consisted of personnel costs of $255,000 and other costs of $117,047. The $355,000 remains as accrued exit costs at October 31, 2001.

In October 2000 the Company committed to plans to sell Canton Die Division and Valley City Steel. Accordingly, the Company classified the net assets of Canton Die Division and Valley City Steel as Net Assets Held for Sale. The Company recorded an impairment charge associated with these facilities. The resulting pre-tax adjustment of $26,697,937 was recorded in the fourth quarter ended October 31, 2000. The carrying values of the net assets were written down to the Company's estimates of fair value. Fair value was based on then current offers to purchase these businesses, less costs to dispose. At October 31, 2000, the net assets of Canton Die Division and Valley City Steel had a remaining carrying amount of approximately $32,705,765. The Company operated these facilities while pursuing alternatives for their sale.

In October 2000, the Company closed C&H Design Company, d.b.a. Utica Tool & Die ("C&H"). During the fourth quarter ended October 31, 2000, the Company recorded a pre-tax asset impairment charge of $6,539,430 to write-down certain C&H long-lived assets to be disposed of to the Company's estimated fair value. Fair value was primarily based on appraisal values. Certain assets were transferred to other Shiloh locations. In addition, during the fourth quarter ended October 31, 2000, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of $1,229,932 associated with the closure of C&H. The restructuring charge consisted of lease termination costs $802,237, facility closing costs $136,000, personnel costs $48,002, and other costs $243,693. In October 2001, the Company adjusted its current estimate of fair value for remaining assets and recorded an additional pre-tax asset impairment charge of $335,950. Approximately $421,918 and $969,897 remained as accrued exit costs at October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Payments for accrued exit costs aggregated $691,077 and $260,035 for the year ended October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The impairment charges were recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." The restructuring charges were recorded in accordance with EITF 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)." SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 100, "Restructuring and Impairment Charges," was utilized in the recording of the impairment and restructuring charges.

38

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Together, these five facilities recorded net sales of $52.9 million, $87.6 million and $102.6 million and contributed net operating losses of $13.2 million, $20.2 million and $6.8 million for the years ended October 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, net of asset impairment, restructuring charges and inter-company sales and expenses.

Note 5--Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheet are expected to be collected within one year and are net of provisions for doubtful accounts, in the amount of $6,134,463 and $1,777,611 at October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

The Company continually monitors its exposure with its customers. During fiscal 2001, additional consideration was given to individual accounts in light of the current market conditions in the automotive industry.

The Company continues to maintain a customer/vendor relationship with LTV Steel Company ("LTV") with respect to purchasing processed steel from LTV's remaining inventory. In December 2000, LTV filed for bankruptcy protection under Title 11 of the United States Code. In December 2001 LTV was granted permission to liquidate assets under Title 7 of the United States Code. The Company's exposure to pre-petition and post-petition matters with LTV has been mitigated where appropriate and existing reserves are maintained to further reduce this exposure. The Company does not believe its exposure related to LTV, or other customers, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

Note 6--Inventories

                                                     October 31, October 31,
                                                        2001        2000
                                                     ----------- -----------
Inventories consist of the following:
  Raw materials..................................... $23,279,585 $33,560,741
  Work-in-process...................................  17,702,595  16,686,103
  Finished goods....................................  17,368,033  17,486,713
                                                     ----------- -----------
    Total........................................... $58,350,213 $67,733,557
                                                     =========== ===========

Total cost of inventory is net of reserves to reduce certain inventory from cost to net realizable value. Such reserves aggregated $3,522,082 and $2,133,831 at October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001, the Company changed its method of inventory costing from LIFO to FIFO for certain inventories. Prior periods have been restated to reflect this change. The method was changed because the Company's steel inventory has experienced declines in costs due to supply and demand in the market place and many of the Company's peer group currently use the FIFO method of inventory costing. Furthermore, the majority of the Company's inventory is currently recorded using the FIFO method; therefore, the change will provide for greater consistency in the accounting policies of the Company. The change increased net loss in fiscal 2001 by $589,707 ($.04 per basic and diluted share) and increased retained earnings for years prior to 1999 by $744,129.

39

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The following table presents the effect of the change on earnings (losses) for fiscal 2000 and fiscal 1999:

                                                   Years Ended October 31,
                                                   -------------------------
                                                       2000         1999
                                                   ------------  -----------
Net income (loss) as reported..................... $(12,555,041) $15,310,537
Change in inventory costing method................     (476,375)  (1,045,106)
                                                   ------------  -----------
Net income (loss) as restated..................... $(13,031,416) $14,265,431
                                                   ============  ===========
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
  Net income (loss) as reported................... $       (.88) $      1.17
  Change in inventory costing method..............         (.03)        (.08)
                                                   ------------  -----------
  Net income (loss) as restated................... $       (.91) $      1.09
                                                   ============  ===========
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
  Net income (loss) as reported................... $       (.88) $      1.17
  Change in inventory costing method..............         (.03)        (.08)
                                                   ------------  -----------
  Net income (loss) as restated................... $       (.91) $      1.09
                                                   ============  ===========

Note 7--Investments in and Advances to Affiliate

On July 31, 2001 the Company and Viking formed a joint venture, VCS LLC, in which Viking contributed the assets it purchased from Valley City Steel for $12.4 million and the Company contributed certain other assets and liabilities of Valley City Steel. Viking obtained a 51% interest in VCS LLC while the Company obtained a 49% interest (Note 4). The Company retained ownership of the land and building where the joint venture conducts its operations and leases the real property to the joint venture. VCS LLC continues to supply steel processing services to the Company. As of September 1, 2002 and on the first day of every month thereafter, the Company has the right to require VCS LLC to repurchase the Company's interest at a put purchase price as defined in the operating agreement. In addition, as of September 1, 2002 and on the first day of every month thereafter, both the Company and Viking have the right to purchase the others interest at a call purchase price as defined in the operating agreement. The land and building leased by VCS LLC and owned by the Company secures debt incurred by VCS LLC. The debt matures in August 2003. Once this debt is discharged and released, the Company's ownership in VCS LLC will be reduced to 40% and Viking's interest increased to 60%.

The Company accounts for this investment under the equity method. As of October 31, 2001, VCS LLC had total assets of $29,550,697, total liabilities of $17,617,401, total equity of $11,933,296 and a net loss for the three months ended October 31, 2001 of $166,429. The joint venture agreement provides a detailed calculation of the allocation of net income (loss) to Viking and the Company. In accordance with this agreement, the Company's share of VCS LLC's net loss for the three months ended October 31, 2001 was income of $20,809.

Transactions with the affiliate during the three months ended October 31, 2001 include purchases of $544,727 and rental income of $179,100. As of October 31, 2001 the Company had amounts owed to the affiliate of $193,656. Purchases from the affiliate were substantially at market prices.

40

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Note 8--Other Assets

                                                     October 31, October 31,
                                                        2001        2000
                                                     ----------- -----------
Other assets consist of the following:
  Long-term pension assets.......................... $12,491,462 $ 6,370,125
  Other.............................................   3,042,383   4,077,287
                                                     ----------- -----------
    Total........................................... $15,533,845 $10,447,412
                                                     =========== ===========

Note 9--Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

                                                  October 31,   October 31,
                                                      2001          2000
                                                  ------------  ------------
Land............................................. $  9,059,876  $  8,997,317
Buildings and improvements.......................  112,631,841   109,977,352
Machinery and equipment..........................  275,734,678   223,257,278
Furniture and fixtures...........................   24,895,154    24,829,095
Construction in progress.........................   11,444,333    33,280,465
                                                  ------------  ------------
  Total, at cost.................................  433,765,882   400,341,507
Less: Accumulated depreciation................... (118,481,162)  (92,026,258)
                                                  ------------  ------------
  Net property, plant and equipment.............. $315,284,720  $308,315,249
                                                  ============  ============

Depreciation expense was $27,992,873, $23,390,660, and $17,838,676 for 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

During the years ended October 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, interest expense incurred was $22,426,390, $17,970,153, and $10,019,015, respectively, of which $1,239,901, $2,563,154, and $2,530,445 was capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment, respectively.

The Company had commitments for capital expenditures of approximately $3.2 million at October 31, 2001.

Note 10--Financing Arrangements

Long-term debt consists of the following:

                                                    October 31,  October 31,
                                                        2001         2000
                                                    ------------ ------------
JP Morgan Chase Bank revolving credit loan--
 interest at 5.875% and 8.625% at October 31, 2001
 and 2000, respectively...........................  $264,500,000 $242,100,000
MTD Products Inc promissory note (Note 3 and 18)..     4,045,392    4,045,392
Variable rate industrial development bond,
 collateralized by letter of credit, weighted
 average interest rate of 4.52% at October 31,
 2000.............................................           --     5,400,000
                                                    ------------ ------------
                                                    $268,545,392 $251,545,392
                                                    ============ ============

41

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The weighted average interest rate was 7.56% for fiscal 2001, 8.26% for fiscal 2000 and 8.19% for fiscal 1999.

On August 11, 2000 the Company entered into a credit agreement with JP Morgan Chase Bank, formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent for a group of lenders, which replaced the KeyBank Agreement with KeyBank NA as agent for a group of lenders. The credit agreement had an original commitment of $300.0 million and expired in August 2005. All amounts outstanding under the KeyBank Agreement were refinanced and all existing obligations under the KeyBank Agreement were terminated. As a result of the refinancing, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $1,499,461 associated with the JP Morgan Chase Bank credit agreement in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, which are being amortized over the term of the debt.

Under the credit agreement, the Company has the option to select the applicable interest rate at the alternative base rate ("ABR"), as defined in the credit agreement to be the greater of the prime rate in effect on such day and the federal funds effective rate in effect on such day plus half of 1%, or the LIBOR rate plus a factor determined by a pricing matrix (ranging from 0.5% to 1.5% for the ABR and ranging from 1.5% to 2.5% for the LIBOR rate) based on funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The terms of the credit agreement also require an annual commitment fee based on the amount of unused commitments under the credit agreement and a factor determined by a pricing matrix (ranging from 0.375% to 0.5%) based on funded debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The credit agreement also provides for the incurrence of debt under standby letters of credit and for the advancement of funds under a discretionary line of credit. The maximum amount of debt that may be incurred under each of these sources of funds is $15.0 million.

The credit agreement is collateralized by an interest in all of the Company's and its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries' cash and cash accounts, accounts receivable, inventory, mortgages on certain owned real property, equipment excluding fixtures and general intangibles such as patents, trademarks and copyrights.

The credit agreement includes, without limitation, covenants involving minimum interest coverage, minimum tangible net worth coverage and a minimum leverage ratio. In addition, the credit agreement limits the incurrence of additional indebtedness, capital expenditures, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, leaseback transactions, acquisitions, prepayments of other debt, hedging agreements and liens and encumbrances and certain transactions resulting in a change of control.

On May 10, 2001, the Company amended the credit agreement primarily to change the covenant thresholds. This amendment also provided that, among other things, upon the sale of Valley City Steel, the amount of availability under the credit agreement would decrease by $10.0 million. In addition, this amendment increased the pricing matrix such that the ABR factor ranges from 1.25% to 2.5% and the LIBOR factor ranges from 2.25% to 3.5%. The Company's factor as determined by the pricing matrix was 3.5% as of October 31, 2001 and 2.0% as of October 31, 2000. As a result of this amendment, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs of $829,306 which are being amortized over the remaining term of the debt.

As of October 31, 2001, the Company was not in compliance with its debt covenants under the amended credit agreement. As a result, on January 25, 2002, the Company's lenders consented to further amend the credit agreement. The amended and restated credit agreement was executed as of February 12, 2002. Significant provisions of the amendment and restatement include an increase in the pricing matrix such that the ABR factor ranges from 1.5% to 3.0% and the LIBOR factor ranges from 2.5% to 4.0%. In addition, the amended and restated credit agreement expires on April 30, 2004. The Company is required to obtain within 90 days of the execution of the amendment and restatement $8.0 million of additional liquidity. This liquidity will be generated through certain transactions to be entered into with related parties and includes (1) the sale of certain

42

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

machinery and equipment for $6,540,600, (2) payment of $1,000,000 associated with a three year supply arrangement and (3) the issuance of two 9.0% promissory notes due May 1, 2004 in the aggregate principal of $460,000. In addition, the Company also has satisfied its requirement to generate approximately $12.0 million of additional liquidity, as defined in the amended and restated credit agreement, during the first quarter of fiscal 2002. Net proceeds from the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of certain assets by the Company are required to be used to prepay outstanding debt, which will reduce the total commitment under the amended and restated credit agreement by the amount equal to such prepayment. Certain additional changes to covenant thresholds and additional reporting requirements were instituted in accordance with the amended and restated credit agreement, such as capital expenditures for the Company are limited to $29.1 million for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2002 and the Company is required to achieve earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") of $24.3 million for the year ending October 31, 2002. In connection with such amendment and restatement, the Company is required to pay an amendment fee to each lender equal to .25% of the aggregate amount of such lender's commitment. Under the terms of the amended and restated credit agreement, the Company would have been in compliance with its covenants as of October 31, 2001. The Company is currently in compliance with its covenants under the amended and restated credit agreement.

On July 31, 2001, the Company repaid the $5.4 million Medina County, Ohio variable rate industrial revenue bonds in connection with the sale of certain assets of Valley City Steel. These variable rate industrial revenue bonds due 2010 had been issued in March 1995 by Medina County, Ohio on behalf of the Company for an aggregate of $5.4 million in principal amount. These bonds had been secured by a letter of credit.

During fiscal 2001, MTD Products forgave all interest, in the aggregate amount of $348,713, relating to the note that was issued by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to MTD Products in January 2001 in the aggregate principal of $4,045,392. The Company was guarantor of the note. The principal was payable in full on November 1, 2001. The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the note by issuing to MTD Products 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued in January 2002. For financial reporting purposes the debt is classified as long-term as of October 31, 2001.

In February 2001, the Company terminated its demand promissory note as of December 6, 1996 in favor of The Richland Bank in the aggregate principal amount of $4.0 million. Interest had accrued on the outstanding principal balance at LIBOR plus 0.75%.

Book overdrafts were $20,917,866 and $19,037,886 at October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and are included in Accounts Payable.

Total availability at October 31, 2001 under the Company's Credit Agreement and Line of Credit was $290,000,000, of which $23,495,000 was unused.

At October 31, 2001 the scheduled maturities of all long-term debt during the next five years is as follows:

2001..........................................................          --
2002..........................................................          --
2003..........................................................          --
2004.......................................................... $264,500,000
2005..........................................................          --

43

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Note 11--Leases

The Company leases certain equipment under operating leases. Rent expense under operating leases for 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $4,448,223, $1,509,600 and $1,869,524, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows at October 31, 2001:

2002............................................................ $4,501,674
2003............................................................  4,297,900
2004............................................................  4,048,462
2005............................................................  3,765,099
2006............................................................  3,177,908

Note 12--Employee Benefit Plans

The Company maintains pension plans covering most employees. The assets of the plans consist primarily of stocks and bonds. The Company provides postretirement health care benefits to certain employees (and their dependents) who retire early, but coverage generally continues only until age 65. Components of the plan obligations and assets, and the recorded liability at October 31, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

                                                        Other Post Retirement
                               Pension Benefits               Benefits
                           --------------------------  ------------------------
                               2001          2000         2001         2000
                           ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Benefit obligation at
 beginning of year.......  $(30,150,649) $(23,459,081) $(1,595,619) $(1,958,560)
Service cost.............    (2,648,551)   (2,178,985)     (85,663)     (77,371)
Interest cost............    (2,342,566)   (2,077,961)    (100,434)    (122,516)
Actuarial (gain) loss....    (5,139,094)    2,024,474     (197,367)     462,828
Amendments...............    (2,109,411)   (5,123,854)         --           --
Divestiture..............       558,714           --           --           --
Benefits paid............     2,283,122       664,758      160,000      100,000
                           ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Benefit obligation at end
 of year.................   (39,548,435)  (30,150,649)  (1,819,083)  (1,595,619)
Fair value of plan assets
 at beginning............    25,669,388    26,505,557          --           --
Actual return on plan
 assets..................   (10,777,186)   (1,019,693)         --           --
Employer contribution....     2,187,857       848,282          --           --
Divestiture..............      (531,436)          --           --           --
Benefits paid............    (2,283,122)     (664,758)         --           --
                           ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Fair value of plan assets
 at end of year..........    14,265,501    25,669,388          --           --
                           ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Funded status............   (25,282,934)   (4,481,261)  (1,819,083)  (1,595,619)
Unrecognized:
 Transition
  obligation/(asset).....       553,178       641,300      322,010      348,620
 Prior service cost......     7,041,001     5,543,673       89,620       96,011
 Net loss/(gain).........    20,325,986     2,099,540      (87,952)    (320,723)
                           ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
 Prepaid (accrued)
  benefit cost before
  adjustment for minimum
  liability..............     2,637,231     3,803,252   (1,495,405)  (1,471,711)
 Adjustment to recognize
  minimum liability......   (27,347,805)   (2,683,753)         --           --
                           ------------  ------------  -----------  -----------
 Prepaid (accrued)
  benefit cost...........  $(24,710,574) $  1,119,499  $(1,495,405) $(1,471,711)
                           ============  ============  ===========  ===========

44

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended October 31 are as follows:

                                                             Other Post
                                                             Retirement
                                    Pension Benefits          Benefits
                                  ----------------------  ------------------
                                     2001        2000       2001      2000
                                  ----------  ----------  --------  --------
Service cost..................... $2,648,551  $2,178,985  $ 85,663  $ 77,371
Interest cost....................  2,342,566   2,077,961   100,434   122,516
Expected return on plan assets... (2,447,589) (2,360,315)      --        --
Net amortization and deferrals...    578,123     536,987    (2,402)   20,704
                                  ----------  ----------  --------  --------
Net periodic benefit cost........ $3,121,651  $2,433,618  $183,695  $220,591
                                  ==========  ==========  ========  ========

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the pension plan with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $39,548,435, $38,976,075 and $14,265,501, respectively as of October 31, 2001 and $13,044,446, $12,711,612, and $9,921,040, respectively as of October 31, 2000.

Actuarial assumptions used in the calculation of the recorded liabilities are as follows:

                                                                  Other
                                                   Pension   Post Retirement
                                                  Benefits      Benefits
                                                 ----------- ---------------
Weighted-average assumptions as of October 31:   2001  2000   2001    2000
----------------------------------------------   ----- ----- ------- -------
Discount rate..................................  7.25% 8.00%   7.25%   8.00%
Expected return on plan assets.................  9.50% 9.50%     --      --
Rate of compensation increase..................  4.50% 4.50%     --      --
Projected healthcare cost trend rate...........    --    --    9.00%   7.00%

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plan. A one-percentage point charge in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects at October 31, 2001:

                                              One-Percentage One-Percentage
                                              Point Increase Point Decrease
                                              -------------- --------------
Effect on total of service and interest cost
 components.................................    $  243,010     $  141,640
Effect on post retirement obligation........    $2,337,522     $1,415,247

In addition to the defined benefit plans described above, the Company maintains a number of defined contribution plans. Under the terms of the plans, eligible employees may contribute a percentage of their base pay. The Company matches a percentage of the employees contributions up to stated percentage, subject to statutory limitations. In addition, the Company may make a discretionary profit sharing contribution on an annual basis. The Company recorded expense of $2,059,764, $1,420,529 and $1,473,566 during fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, for its defined contribution plans.

During 1997, the Company initiated a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan ("SERP") for key employees of the Company. The Company has agreed to pay each covered employee a certain sum annually for ten (10) years upon retirement or, in the event of death, to their designated beneficiary. A benefit is also paid if the employee terminates employment (other than by discharge for cause). Compensation expense relating to this plan was $183,933, $283,933 and $285,593 in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The benefits accrued under this plan were $983,958 and $1,053,705 at October 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

45

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Note 13--Stock and Bonus Plans

1993 Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan

The Company maintains a Key Employee Stock Incentive Program (the "Incentive Plan"), which authorizes grants to officers and other key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries of (i) stock options that are intended to qualify as "incentive stock options", (ii) nonqualified stock options and (iii) restricted stock awards. An aggregate of 1,700,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment upon occurrence of certain events to prevent dilution or expansion of the rights of participants that might otherwise result from the occurrence of such events, has been reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options.

Only non-qualified stock options have been granted to date and all options have been granted at market price at the date of grant. Options expire over a period not to exceed ten years from the date of grant. Options granted in 1999 and 2000 are exercisable over a period not to exceed five years and options granted in 2001 are exercisable over a period not to exceed ten years. A summary of option activity under the plan follows:

                                                          Number
                                                            of     Weighted
                                                          Shares   Average
                                                          Under     Option
                                                          Option    Price
                                                         --------  --------
Outstanding at October 31, 1998.........................  314,500  $ 16.78
  Granted...............................................  243,500  $13.327
  Exercised.............................................      --   $   --
  Canceled..............................................  (29,400) $ 15.91
                                                         --------  -------
Outstanding at October 31, 1999.........................  528,600  $15.305
  Granted...............................................  221,800  $  9.50
  Exercised.............................................      --   $   --
  Canceled.............................................. (325,000) $ 15.03
                                                         --------  -------
Outstanding at October 31, 2000.........................  425,400  $ 12.41
  Granted...............................................  292,500  $  3.75
  Exercised.............................................      --   $   --
  Canceled.............................................. (191,050) $ 11.24
                                                         --------  -------
Outstanding at October 31, 2001.........................  526,850  $  8.46
                                                         ========  =======

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of October 31, 2001 ranged from $3.75 to $18.625, with 94% of options outstanding having exercise prices in the range of $3.75 to $13.50 per share.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation," ("SFAS 123") the Company has elected to continue applying the intrinsic value approach under the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. Accordingly, the Company does not recognize compensation expense for stock options when the stock price at the grant date is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock at that date.

SFAS 123 requires pro forma information on net income (loss) and earnings
(loss) per share as if the fair value method for valuing stocks options, as prescribed by SFAS 123, had been applied. The Company's pro forma information follows:

                                                   2001          2000
                                               ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)............................. $(35,795,278) $(13,424,717)
Earnings (loss) per share:
  Basic....................................... $      (2.42) $       (.94)
  Diluted..................................... $      (2.42) $       (.94)

46

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The fair value of these options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Sholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for 2001 and 2000:

                                                               2001   2000
                                                              ------ ------
Risk-free interest...........................................  5.33%  6.00%
Dividend yield...............................................  0.00%  0.00%
Volatility factor-- market................................... 46.26% 30.10%
Expected life of options-- years.............................    4.0    4.0

Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

The Company maintains a Short-Term Incentive Plan (the "Bonus Plan") which provides annual incentive bonuses to its eligible employees. The Bonus Plan provides for an aggregate annual bonus pool (the "Aggregate Amount") equal to 5% of the Company's operating earnings. Incentives up to the Aggregate Amount may be paid to the individual participants, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, by the Board of Directors upon recommendation by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. In determining the individual incentives, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, 75% of the incentive depends upon meeting the corporate goal for return on equity and 25% of the incentive depends upon meeting specific, project-oriented goals. These goals are established by the Board of Directors. In the case of corporate executives eligible for the Bonus Plan, 65% of the incentive depends upon meeting the goal for return on equity and 35% of the incentive depends upon specific goals established by the Chief Executive Officer. Finally, in the case of the remaining employees eligible for the Bonus Plan, 50% of the incentive depends upon meeting the goal for operating return on assets established by the Chief Executive Officer and 50% of the incentive depends upon specific goals as established by the Chief Executive Officer. During fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, $0, $875,581 and $295,774, respectively, were expensed under the existing bonus plan.

Note 14--Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes (benefits) on income from continuing operations were as follows:

                                           Years Ended October 31,
                                     --------------------------------------
                                         2001          2000         1999
                                     ------------  ------------  ----------
Current:
  Federal........................... $ (3,500,283) $  1,992,928  $1,522,303
  State and local...................     (933,323)      580,433     385,716
  Foreign...........................       82,536        37,991         --
                                     ------------  ------------  ----------
                                       (4,351,070)    2,611,352   1,908,019
Deferred:
  Total.............................  (12,920,238)  (11,423,666)  6,817,461
                                     ------------  ------------  ----------
                                     $(17,271,308) $ (8,812,314) $8,725,480
                                     ============  ============  ==========

47

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Temporary differences and carryforwards which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities were comprised of the following:

                                                   October 31,  October 31,
                                                      2001          2000
                                                   -----------  ------------
Deferred tax assets:
  Bad debt reserves............................... $ 1,954,397  $    376,874
  Inventory reserves..............................     220,315       853,210
  State income and franchise taxes................   4,288,836     2,864,823
  Accrued group insurance.........................     468,876       322,018
  AMT carryforwards...............................   2,050,894     1,938,398
  Accrued vacation reserves.......................     733,009       773,442
  Capital loss carryforwards......................         --      4,912,050
  Post retirement benefits........................     617,637       563,922
  Pension obligations.............................   7,876,822       430,173
  Other reserves..................................   1,458,415       350,599
  Restructuring charge............................   6,237,040    10,123,946
  Goodwill amortization...........................     595,911       827,799
  Net operating loss..............................  14,664,340           --
  Research and development credits................     519,715           --
                                                   -----------  ------------
                                                    41,686,207    24,337,254
Less: Valuation allowance.........................  (3,666,760)   (4,912,050)
                                                   -----------  ------------
Total deferred tax assets.........................  38,019,447    19,425,204
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Fixed assets.................................... (24,467,029)  (25,727,813)
  Joint venture investment........................  (1,704,652)   (2,399,905)
  Other...........................................    (438,061)     (200,858)
                                                   -----------  ------------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)................ $11,409,705  $ (8,903,372)
                                                   ===========  ============
Change in net deferred tax asset/(liability):
  Provision for deferred taxes.................... $12,920,238  $ 11,423,666
  Other...........................................      25,811           --
  Items of other comprehensive income/(loss)......   7,367,028       218,364
                                                   -----------  ------------
    Total change in net deferred tax.............. $20,313,077  $ 11,642,030
                                                   ===========  ============

The fiscal 2001 valuation allowance relates to tax credit carryforwards which are not expected to be utilized. The fiscal 2000 valuation allowance relates to capital loss carryforwards that expired in fiscal 2001.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

                                                             Years Ended
                                                             October 31,
                                                            ----------------
                                                            2001  2000  1999
                                                            ----  ----  ----
Federal income tax at statutory rate....................... 34.0% 34.0% 34.0%
State and local income taxes...............................  2.9   4.4   2.0
FAS 109 rate differential..................................  0.7   1.3   0.8
FSC benefit................................................  0.5   1.3   --
Valuation Allowance........................................ (3.4)  --    --
Other...................................................... (2.0) (0.7)  1.1
                                                            ----  ----  ----
Effective income tax rate.................................. 32.7% 40.3% 37.9%
                                                            ====  ====  ====

At October 31, 2001, the Company has operating loss carryforwards of $14,664,340 for tax purposes, some of which can be carried forward from ten to twenty years.

48

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Note 15--Related Party Transactions

The Company had sales to MTD Products of $13,636,312, $18,410,324 and $10,943,440 for the years 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. At October 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company had receivable balances of $4,344,507 and $4,851,202, respectively, due from this shareholder and payable balances of $1,338,311 and $3,282,747 due to this shareholder. A wholly owned subsidiary of the Company issued a note to MTD Products in January 2001 in the principal amount of $4,045,392. This note was due in full on November 2001. Interest on the note was to be at a rate of 8.620%; however, MTD Products forgave all interest associated with the note in fiscal 2001 in the aggregate amount of $348,713. The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the note by issuing MTD Products 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. These shares were issued in January 2002 (Note 18).

The Company leases real property to its 49% owned joint venture, VCS LLC (Note 7) under a non-cancelable operating lease. The lease is for five years commencing August 1, 2001 and calls for monthly payments of $59,700. VCS LLC has the option to purchase the real property throughout the course of the original lease term and has three two year term renewal options.

Note 16--Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

As discussed in Notes 2 and 6, the Company changed its method of inventory costing from LIFO to FIFO for certain inventories. The following information has been restated to reflect the change in accounting principle for all quarters for the years ended October 31, 2001 and October 31, 2000:

                                          First    Second   Third     Fourth
            October 31, 2001             Quarter  Quarter  Quarter   Quarter
            ----------------             -------- -------- --------  --------
                                          (Dollars in thousands, except per
                                                       share)
Revenues................................ $166,242 $172,836 $165,166  $158,203
Gross profit (loss).....................   18,997   12,188   13,639   (11,300)
Operating income (loss).................    6,204    7,915   (3,856)  (39,576)
Net income (loss).......................      602    1,677   (6,390)  (31,371)
Net income (loss) per share
 (basic/diluted)........................      .04      .11     (.43)    (2.12)
Weighted average number of shares:
 Basic..................................   14,798   14,798   14,798    14,798
 Diluted................................   14,798   14,798   14,798    14,798

In the third quarter, the Company recorded an asset impairment recovery of $8,595 and restructuring charges of $183. Third quarter figures were reclassified to conform with presentation at October 31, 2001. In the fourth quarter, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $6,677 and restructuring charges of $1,228.

49

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

The change in accounting principle affected gross profit (loss) and operating income (loss) by $(664), $164, $(54) and $(322), net income (loss) by $(445), $110, $(36) and $(219) and net income (loss) per share by $(.03), $0, $0 and $(.01) for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, of fiscal 2001.

                                           First    Second   Third    Fourth
            October 31, 2000              Quarter  Quarter  Quarter  Quarter
            ----------------              -------- -------- -------- --------
                                           (Dollars in thousands, except per
                                                        share)
Revenues................................. $140,827 $165,666 $154,100 $170,169
Gross profit.............................   20,203   25,624   21,615   14,658
Operating income (loss)..................    8,630   11,982    9,274  (37,953)
Net income (loss)........................    4,129    5,574    3,460  (26,194)
Net income (loss) per share
 (basic/diluted).........................      .30      .40      .24    (1.77)
Weighted average number of shares:
 Basic...................................   13,973   14,036   14,352   14,798
 Diluted.................................   13,976   14,056   14,352   14,798

In the fourth quarter, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $1,230 and asset impairment charges of $33,237.

The change in accounting principle affected gross profit (loss) by $(17), $52, $10 and $(648) and operating income (loss) by $(17), $52, $10 and $(843), net income (loss) by $(11), $33, $6 and $(504) and net income (loss) per share by $0, $0, $0 and $(.04) for the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, of fiscal 2000.

Note 17--Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The Company is a party to several lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company's liability or recovery, if any, under pending litigation and claims would not materially affect its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 18--Subsequent Events

In December 2001, the Company authorized 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. These shares, with a par value of $.01 per share, rank senior to the Company's common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to cumulative dividends, at a rate of $5.75 per share per annum, as declared by the Company. They are non-voting and are not convertible into any other shares of the Company's stock. The Company may elect to redeem any or all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock annually for $100 per share plus all accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Company satisfied all of its remaining obligations under the $4,045,392 note payable November 1, 2001 by issuing to MTD Products 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with an amendment to the Purchase Agreement, which was entered into as of December 31, 2001. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued in January 2002. For financial reporting purposes, the debt is classified as long-term as of October 31, 2001.

On January 25, 2002, the Company's lenders consented to amend the credit agreement. The amended and restated credit agreement is dated as of February 12, 2002 (Note 10).

50

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Company

Information with respect to Directors of the Company is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading "Election of Directors," which information is incorporated herein by reference. Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K regarding the executive officers of the Company is included as Item 4A of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as permitted by Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information with respect to executive compensation is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading "Election of Directors" and under the heading "Compensation of Executive Officers," which information is incorporated herein by reference (except for the Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation and the Comparative Stock Performance Graph).

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading "Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock," which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading "Election of Directors -- Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation and Certain Relationships and Related Transactions," which information is incorporated herein by reference.

51

PART IV

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K on Item 8.

1. Financial Statements.
Report of Independent Accountants
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 31, 2001 and 2000.
Consolidated Statement of Income for the three years ended October 31, 2001.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended October 31, 2001.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended October 31, 2001.
Notes of Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Financial Statement Schedule. The following consolidated financial statement schedule of the Company and its subsidiaries and the report of the independent accountants thereon are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

52

SCHEDULE II

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

                                            Additions
                                 Balance at Charged to               Balance at
                                 Beginning  Costs and                  End of
Description                       of Year    Expenses  Deductions       Year
-----------                      ---------- ---------- ----------    ----------
Valuation account for accounts
 receivable
  Year ended October 31, 2001..  $1,777,611 $6,150,192 $1,793,340    $6,134,463
  Year ended October 31, 2000..  $1,080,641 $2,013,499 $1,316,529(1) $1,777,611
  Year ended October 31, 1999..  $  919,704 $  189,793 $   28,856    $1,080,641
Reserve for excess, slow moving
 and potentially
 obsolete material
  Year ended October 31, 2001..  $2,133,831 $3,457,832 $2,069,581    $3,522,082
  Year ended October 31, 2000..  $  144,888 $2,018,943 $   30,000    $2,133,831
  Year ended October 31,
   1999........................  $  664,140 $   94,888 $  614,140    $  144,888
Valuation allowance for
 deferred tax assets
  Year ended October 31, 2001..  $4,912,050 $1,795,040 $3,040,330    $3,666,760
  Year ended October 31, 2000..  $4,912,050 $      --  $      --     $4,912,050
  Year ended October 31, 1999..  $4,912,050 $      --  $      --     $4,912,050

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable or are not required or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(1) Approximately $1.1 million reflects the bad debt write-off relating to one customer.

53

3. Exhibits.

2.1      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 21, 1999, among the Company,
         Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc is incorporated herein
         by reference to Appendix A of the Company's Proxy Statement on
         Schedule 14A as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
         August 3, 1999 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


2.2      First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 31, 1999,
         among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc. is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31,
         1999 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.3      Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 22,
         2001, by and among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD
         Products Inc is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of
         the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         October 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.4      Third Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 31,
         2001, by and among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD
         Products Inc.


2.5      Closing Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1999, by and among the
         Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's
         Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission on November 15, 1999 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.6      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 18, 2000 by and between the
         Company and A.G. Simpson (Tennessee) Inc. is incorporated herein by
         reference to the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
         quarterly period ended July, 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.7      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 29, 2001, by and between Valley
         City Steel Company and Valley City Steel, LLC is incorporated herein
         by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
         quarterly period ended April 30, 2001 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

3.1(i)   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is incorporated
         herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(i) of the Company's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission
         File No. 0-21964).


3.1(ii)  Certificate of Designation, dated December 31, 2001, authorizing the
         issuance of 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value
         $.01.


3.1(iii) By-Laws of the Company are incorporated herein reference to Exhibit
         3.1 (ii) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


4.1      Specimen certificate for the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
         of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
         the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.2      Stockholders Agreement, dated June 22, 1993, by and among the
         Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named therein is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31,
         1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.3      Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 22, 1993, by and among the
         Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named therein is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31,
         1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.4      First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, dated March 11, 1994, by
         and among the Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named
         therein is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.5      Termination of Stockholders Agreement dated as of May 29, 2001, by
         and among the Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named
         therein.

54

10.1  Loan Agreement, dated February 1, 1995, by and between Medina County,
      Ohio and Valley City Steel Company is incorporated herein by reference
      to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
      fiscal quarter ended April 30, 1996 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


10.2  Operating Agreement for Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C., dated January 2,
      1996, by and among Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C., Rouge Steel Company and
      the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the
      Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
      April 30, 1996 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.3  Master Unsecured Demand Promissory Note of Shiloh Corporation to The
      Richland Trust Company of Mansfield, dated April 2, 1991, is
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual
      Report of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995
      (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.4* Amended and Restated 1993 Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan is
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B of the Company's Proxy
      Statement on Schedule 14A for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2000
      (Commission File No. 0-21964).


10.5* Executive Incentive Bonus Plan is incorporated herein by reference to
      Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
      year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


10.6* Indemnification Agreement, dated July 2, 1993, by and between the
      Company and Robert L. Grissinger (with an attached schedule identifying
      the directors and officers of the Company that have entered into an
      identical agreement) is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
      10.10 of the Company's Annual Report on From 10-K for the fiscal year
      ended October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.7* Option Agreement, dated May 28, 1993, by and between the Company and
      Robert L. Grissinger (with an attached schedule identifying the other
      optionees that have entered into option agreements with the Company) is
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company's
      Annual Report on From 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995
      (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.8  Master Unsecured Demand Promissory Note of Shiloh Corporation to The
      Richland Trust Company of Mansfield, dated December 6, 1996 is
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's
      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the fiscal quarter ended January 1,
      1997 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.9* Supplemental Retirement Trust Agreement, dated June 1, 1997, by and
      among the Company, First Union National Bank of North Carolina and
      Robert L. Grissinger is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
      10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
      ended October 31, 1997 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.10 Credit Agreement, dated August 11, 2000 by and among the Company, the
      lenders a party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrative
      Agent and Collateral Agent, KeyBank National Association as Syndication
      Agent and Bank One Michigan as Documentation Agent is incorporated
      herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on
      Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2000 (Commission File
      No. 0-21964).

10.11 Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001, is
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's
      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31,
      2001 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.12 Transitional Services Agreement, dated October 31, 1999, by and among
      the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc is
      incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company's
      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1999
      (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.13 $4,045,392 Cognovit Note of Shiloh Automotive, Inc. to MTD Products Inc,
      dated as of January 22, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference to
      Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
      year ended October 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

55

10.14 Operating Agreement for Valley City Steel LLC, dated July 31, 2001, by
      and among Viking Steel, Valley City Steel Company and Valley City Steel-
      779, LLC.


10.15 Joint Development Agreement, dated June 4, 2001, by and between the
      Company and Pullman Industries, Inc.


10.16 Credit Agreement, as amended and restated as of February 12, 2002 by and
      among the Company, the lenders a party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank as
      Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, KeyBank National Association
      as Syndication Agent and Bank One, Michigan as Documentation Agent and
      J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. as Lead Arranger and Book Manager.

18.1  Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding a change in accounting
      principle.


21.1  Subsidiaries of the Company.


23.1  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.


24.1  Powers of Attorney.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Company during the quarter ended October 31, 2001.
* Reflects management contract or other compensatory arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14 (c) of this Report.

56

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

Date: February 13, 2002

                                             /s/ Stephen E. Graham
                                       By: _________________________________
                                                 Stephen E. Graham
                                              Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and the capabilities and on the dates indicated.

              Signature                          Title                   Date
              ---------                          -----                   ----

     /s/ Theodore K. Zampetis          President and Chief         February 13, 2002
______________________________________  Executive Officer and
         Theodore K. Zampetis           Director (Principal
                                        Executive Officer)

      /s/ Stephen E. Graham            Chief Financial Officer     February 13, 2002
______________________________________  (Principal Accounting and
          Stephen E. Graham             Principal Financial
                                        Officer)

                  *                    Chairman and Director       February 13, 2002
______________________________________
            Curtis E. Moll

                  *                    Director                    February 13, 2002
______________________________________
         Maynard H. Murch IV

                  *                    Director                    February 13, 2002
______________________________________
           Ronald C. Houser

                  *                    Director                    February 13, 2002
______________________________________
           David J. Hessler

                  *                    Director                    February 13, 2002
______________________________________
           James A. Karman

                  *                    Director                    February 13, 2002
______________________________________
            John J. Tanis

* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to the Powers of Attorney executed by the above-named officers and Directors of the Company and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of such officers and Directors.

       /s/ Stephen E. Graham
By: _________________________________
 Stephen E. Graham, Attorney-In-Fact

57

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
  No.                             Exhibit Description
-------                           -------------------
2.1      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated June 21, 1999, among the Company,
         Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc is incorporated herein
         by reference to Appendix A of the Company's Proxy Statement on
         Schedule 14A as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
         August 3, 1999 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


2.2      First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 31, 1999,
         among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc. is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31,
         1999 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.3      Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 22,
         2001, by and among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD
         Products Inc is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of
         the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         October 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.4      Third Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated December 31,
         2001, by and among the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD
         Products Inc.


2.5      Closing Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1999, by and among the
         Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company's
         Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission on November 15, 1999 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.6      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 18, 2000 by and between the
         Company and A.G. Simpson (Tennessee) Inc. is incorporated herein by
         reference to the Company's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
         quarterly period ended July, 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

2.7      Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 29, 2001, by and between Valley
         City Steel Company and Valley City Steel, LLC is incorporated herein
         by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
         quarterly period ended April 30, 2001 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

3.1(i)   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is incorporated
         herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(i) of the Company's Annual Report
         on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission
         File No. 0-21964).


3.1(ii)  Certificate of Designation, dated December 31, 2001, authorizing the
         issuance of 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value
         $.01.


3.1(iii) By-Laws of the Company are incorporated herein reference to Exhibit
         3.1 (ii) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


4.1      Specimen certificate for the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
         of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
         the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.2      Stockholders Agreement, dated June 22, 1993, by and among the
         Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named therein is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31,
         1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.3      Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 22, 1993, by and among the
         Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named therein is
         incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31,
         1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

4.4      First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement, dated March 11, 1994, by
         and among the Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named
         therein is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
         October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

58

Exhibit
  No.                             Exhibit Description
-------                           -------------------
 4.5    Termination of Stockholders Agreement dated as of May 29, 2001, by and
        among the Company, MTD Products Inc and the stockholders named
        therein.


10.1    Loan Agreement, dated February 1, 1995, by and between Medina County,
        Ohio and Valley City Steel Company is incorporated herein by reference
        to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
        fiscal quarter ended April 30, 1996 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.2    Operating Agreement for Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C., dated January 2,
        1996, by and among Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C., Rouge Steel Company and
        the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the
        Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
        April 30, 1996 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.3    Master Unsecured Demand Promissory Note of Shiloh Corporation to The
        Richland Trust Company of Mansfield, dated April 2, 1991, is
        incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's
        Annual Report of Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995
        (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.4*   Amended and Restated 1993 Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan is
        incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit B of the Company's Proxy
        Statement on Schedule 14A for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2000
        (Commission File No. 0-21964).


10.5*   Executive Incentive Bonus Plan is incorporated herein by reference to
        Exhibit 10.9 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
        fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


10.6*   Indemnification Agreement, dated July 2, 1993, by and between the
        Company and Robert L. Grissinger (with an attached schedule
        identifying the directors and officers of the Company that have
        entered into an identical agreement) is incorporated herein by
        reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's Annual Report on From 10-K
        for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-
        21964).

10.7*   Option Agreement, dated May 28, 1993, by and between the Company and
        Robert L. Grissinger (with an attached schedule identifying the other
        optionees that have entered into option agreements with the Company)
        is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company's
        Annual Report on From 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995
        (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.8    Master Unsecured Demand Promissory Note of Shiloh Corporation to The
        Richland Trust Company of Mansfield, dated December 6, 1996 is
        incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the fiscal quarter ended January
        1, 1997 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.9*   Supplemental Retirement Trust Agreement, dated June 1, 1997, by and
        among the Company, First Union National Bank of North Carolina and
        Robert L. Grissinger is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
        10.15 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
        ended October 31, 1997 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.10   Credit Agreement, dated August 11, 2000 by and among the Company, the
        lenders a party thereto, The Chase Manhattan Bank as Administrative
        Agent and Collateral Agent, KeyBank National Association as
        Syndication Agent and Bank One Michigan as Documentation Agent is
        incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31,
        2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.11   Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2001, is
        incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's
        Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31,
        2001 (Commission File No. 0-21964).

10.12   Transitional Services Agreement, dated October 31, 1999, by and among
        the Company, Shiloh Automotive, Inc. and MTD Products Inc is
        incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company's
        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1999
        (Commission File No. 0-21964).

59

Exhibit
  No.                             Exhibit Description
-------                           -------------------
10.13   $4,045,392 Cognovit Note of Shiloh Automotive, Inc. to MTD Products
        Inc, dated as of January 22, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference
        to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
        fiscal year ended October 31, 2000 (Commission File No. 0-21964).


10.14   Operating Agreement for Valley City Steel LLC, dated July 31, 2001, by
        and among Viking Steel, Valley Steel Company and Valley City Steel-
        779, LLC.


10.15   Joint Development Agreement, dated June 4, 2001, by and between the
        Company and Pullman Industries, Inc.


10.16   Credit Agreement, as amended and restated as of February 12, 2002 by
        and among the Company, the lenders a party thereto, JPMorgan Chase
        Bank as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, KeyBank National
        Association as Syndication Agent and Bank One, Michigan as
        Documentation Agent and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. as Lead Arranger
        and Book Manager.

18.1    Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding a change in
        accounting principle.


21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company.


23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.


24.1    Powers of Attorney.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Company during the quarter ended October 31, 2001.
* Reflects management contract or other compensatory arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 14 (c) of this Report.

60

Exhibit 2.4

THIRD AMENDMENT TO
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Third Amendment"),
dated as of December 31, 2001, is made by and among SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Parent"), SHILOH AUTOMOTIVE, INC., an Ohio corporation ("Buyer"), and MTD PRODUCTS INC, an Ohio corporation ("Seller").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parent, Buyer and Seller entered into a certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 21, 1999 (the "Purchase Agreement") for the sale and purchase of substantially all of the assets of the unincorporated automotive division of Seller; and

WHEREAS, the parties amended the Purchase Agreement by a First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 31, 1999; and

WHEREAS, the closing of the transaction contemplated under the Purchase Agreement occurred effective as of November 1, 1999; and

WHEREAS, the parties amended the Purchase Agreement by a Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 22, 2001; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.11 of the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto desire to further amend said Purchase Agreement as more fully set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the payment of the cash portion of the Earnout Amount pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, the parties agreed that Buyer would satisfy its obligations with respect to the Cash Earnout Amount by executing and delivering to Seller a Promissory Note ("Promissory Note") in the principal amount of $4,045,392.00; and

WHEREAS, the parties have determined to have Seller issue certain shares of preferred stock of Seller in lieu of payment of the Promissory Note.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, covenant and agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Purchase Agreement.

2. Issuance of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding any provision contained in Section 2.8 of the Purchase Agreement or in the Second Amendment to the contrary, Buyer and Seller agree that with respect to the payment of the Promissory Note that Buyer shall satisfy its obligations under the Promissory Note by causing the Parent to issue 42,780 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Parent to Seller. The terms and conditions of such Series A Preferred Stock shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Designations, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and which shall be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware. Upon issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, Seller will cancel the Promissory Note and return the original copy of the Promissory Note to Buyer.

3. Effect of Third Amendment. Except as specifically provided herein, this Third Amendment does not in any way waive, amend, modify, affect or impair the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, and all terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement are to remain in full force and effect unless otherwise specifically amended, waived or changed pursuant to this Third Amendment.

4. Entire Agreement. This Third Amendment constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, representations, or other arrangements, whether express or implied, written or oral, of the parties in connection therewith except to the extent expressly incorporated or specifically referred to herein.

5. Counterparts. This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

6. Governing Law. THIS THIRD AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN

ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF OHIO, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Third Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

      /s/ John F. Falcon
----------------------------------
By:   John F. Falcon
Its:  Chief Executive Officer

SHILOH AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

      /s/ John F. Falcon
----------------------------------
By:   John F. Falcon
Its:  President

MTD PRODUCTS INC

      /s/ Ronald C. Houser
----------------------------------
By:   Ronald C. Houser
Its:  Executive Vice President and
      Chief Financial Officer

2

Exhibit 3.1(ii)

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF THE POWERS,
PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING,
OPTIONAL AND OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF SERIES A
PREFERRED STOCK AND QUALIFICATIONS,
LIMITATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS THEREOF


Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


The undersigned officers of Shiloh Industries, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), do hereby certify:

That, pursuant to authority conferred upon the board of directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") by the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Certificate of Incorporation"), the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the issuance of 100,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.0l per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), hereinafter provided for and establishes the voting power thereof and further authorizes a committee of such Board of Directors consisting of the disinterested members (the "Committee") to fix the designations and any preferences or rights of such shares as provided pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

At a meeting, the Committee duly adopted the following resolution:

RESOLVED, that, pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, a new series of Preferred Stock of the Company is hereby designated as the Series A Preferred Stock.

The designations and amount and the voting power, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, are as set forth below:

Designation and Amount. The shares of such series of preferred stock shall be designated as "Series A Preferred Stock" and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 100,000, which number may be, from time to time, increased only with the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of the then outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or decreased, but not below the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, by the Board of Directors.

Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall, with respect to dividend rights

and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution, rank senior to the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), and to all classes and series of capital stock of the Company now or hereafter authorized, issued or outstanding that by their terms expressly provide that they are junior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution (collectively, the "Junior Securities"). All shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be of equal rank with each other.

Dividends. The holders of record of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends, at the rate of $5.75 per share (5.75%) per annum (subject to adjustment for any stock

dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors out of the assets of the Company legally available therefor.

As long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not declare or pay on or set apart for the Common Stock or any Junior Securities any dividend or other distribution whatsoever, except for dividends payable in shares of Common Stock with respect to shares of Common Stock outstanding, unless all accrued dividends on the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have first been paid or shall have been declared and set apart for payment to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a "Liquidation"), each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets that may be legally distributed to the Company's stockholders, prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any assets on any shares of Common Stock or Junior Securities, an amount per share equal to $100.00 per share of the Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon (the "Liquidation Preference"). After the payment of the Liquidation Preference, the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock and Junior Securities. If upon Liquidation the assets legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this paragraph (d), then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock with equal priority and pro rata in proportion to the amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this paragraph (d). Whenever the distribution provided for in this paragraph (d) shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

Voting. Except as otherwise required under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and other applicable law, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled or permitted to vote on any matter required or permitted to be voted upon by the stockholders of the Company.

Conversion. The Series A Preferred Stock shall not be convertible into, or exchangeable for, any other shares of the Company's capital stock.

Redemption.

On or prior to December 15 of any year that any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (each such date, a "Redemption Date"), the Company may elect, at its sole option, to redeem any or all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, in cash out of funds legally available therefor, at a price of $100.00 per share, subject to adjustment for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon (the "Redemption Price").

The Company shall provide each holder of Series A Preferred Stock with a written notice of redemption (addressed to the holder at its address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Company), not earlier than sixty (60) nor later than twenty (20) days before the applicable Redemption Date. The notice of redemption shall specify (A) the Redemption Date; (B) the number of shared to be redeemed; (C) the amount of the Redemption Price; and (D) the place of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock may obtain payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificates. On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such share will be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be issued forthwith.

Series Protective Provisions. So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a separate class, amend the Certificate of Incorporation or By-

2

laws in any manner that would alter or change the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such Series A Preferred Stock.

No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase or otherwise will be reissued, and all such shares will be cancelled and retired.

Preemptive Rights. Except as set forth herein, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not entitle any holder to acquire, or have any rights, preemptive or otherwise, with respect to any issuance, sale, transfer, disposition or acquisition of any securities of the Company, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities or such warrants, rights or options may be designated, issued or granted.

Transfer Restrictions.

Prior to any proposed transfer of any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of his intention to effect such transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner of the proposed transfer and, if requested by the Company, shall be accompanied by an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), whereupon such holder shall be entitled to transfer the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of the notice. No transfer shall be effective until such transfer is reflected on the register for the Series A Preferred Stock maintained by the Company's transfer agent. Each certificate transferred as above provided shall bear the legend set forth in paragraph (k)(ii) below, except that such certificate or instrument shall not bear such legend if (A) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement, (B) such transfer is in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 (or any other rule permitting public sale without registration under the Securities Act) or (C) the opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that the transferee and any subsequent transferee would be entitled to transfer such shares of Series A Preferred Stock in a public sale without registration under the Securities Act.

Each certificate representing shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable laws):

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND LAWS IS AVAILABLE AND, IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, IS DELIVERED TO THE COMPANY PROVIDING THAT SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED."

The Company's transfer agent shall refuse to register any attempted transfer of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock not in compliance with this paragraph (k).

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Shiloh Industries, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Designation to be executed in its corporate name by John F. Falcon, its President and Chief Executive Officer, and attested by David J. Hessler, its Secretary, this 31/st/ day of December, 2001.

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                      By:  /s/ John F. Falcon
                                         --------------------
                                           John F. Falcon
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

Attest:


By:  /s/ David J. Hessler
   ----------------------
     David J. Hessler
     Secretary

4

Exhibit 4.5

TERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS TERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of May 29, 2001, is made by and among SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), MTD PRODUCTS INC, an Ohio corporation ("MTD"), and the individuals signing this Agreement below (the "Remaining Original Shiloh Stockholders").

RECITALS

A. The Company, MTD, the Remaining Original Shiloh Stockholders and certain other Original Shiloh Stockholders (as hereinafter identified) were parties to a Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 22, 1993 (the "Stockholders Agreement") relating to their respective ownership of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meaning ascribed to them in the Stockholders Agreement.

B. All of the parties to the Stockholders Agreement amended the Stockholders Agreement pursuant to a First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement dated as of March 11, 1994 ("First Amendment to Stockholders Agreement") in order to remove and release certain of the Original Shiloh Stockholders from the scope of the Stockholders Agreement (identified as follows: Patricia A. Patrick, Nancy K. LaYacona, Vincent J. Fanello Trust, Michelle Fanello Trust and Michael C. Fanello).

C. The remaining parties to the Stockholders Agreement wish to terminate the Stockholders Agreement.

AGREEMENTS

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. TERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

The parties hereto agree that as of the date hereof, the Stockholders Agreement shall terminate and extinguish. The provisions of Section 2.1 of the Stockholders Agreement regarding corporate governance and composition of the Board of Directors of the Company shall terminate. In addition, the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 3.1 of the Stockholders Agreement shall terminate.


SECTION 2. LEGENDS

The provisions of Section 3.5 of the Stockholders Agreement shall no longer apply as to the portion of the legend which refers to the Stockholders Agreement. The Company will assist with the reissuance of any certificates to reflect the removal of such provisions.

SECTION 3. GENERAL PROVISIONS

3.1 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.2 Entire Agreement. This Termination Agreement embodies the entire agreement among the parties in relation to its subject matter.

3.3 This Agreement may be executed by the parties in two or more counterparts each of which when executed shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same document. The signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, MTD and the Remaining Original Shiloh Stockholders have executed this Termination of Stockholders Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

MTD PRODUCTS INC SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:    /s/ Dieter Kaesgen               By:      /s/ John F. Falcon
     -----------------------------           ------------------------------
Its:   President                        Its:     Chief Executive Officer

REMAINING ORIGINAL SHILOH STOCKHOLDERS

DOMINICK C. FANELLO TRUST JAMES C. FANELLO TRUST

By:    The Richland Bank,               By:  Key Bank, N.A., formerly
       as Trustee                            known as Society Bank & Trust
                                             at Mansfield, as Trustee

By:      /s/ John P. Stewart            By:      /s/ Nicholas Gesour
       -----------------------------           ------------------------------
Title:   Vice President & Trust         Title:   Vice President
         Officer

[ADDITIONAL SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

2

ROSE M. FANELLO TRUST KATHLEEN M. FANELLO TRUST

By:    The Richland Bank,               By:  Key Bank, N.A., formerly
       as Trustee                            known as Society Bank & Trust
                                             at Mansfield, as Trustee

By:      /s/ John P. Stewart            By:      /s/ Nicholas Gesour
       -----------------------------           ------------------------------
Title:   Vice President & Trust         Title:   Vice President
         Officer


By:    Robert L. Grissinger             By:  Robert E. Sutter
       /s/ Robert L. Grissing                /s/ Robert E. Sutter
------------------------------------    -------------------------------------

3

Exhibit 10.14

OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

VALLEY CITY STEEL-7779, LLC

An Ohio Limited Liability Company

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into and shall be effective as of the 31st day of July, 2001, by and among VALLEY CITY STEEL-7779, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (the "Company"), VALLEY CITY STEEL COMPANY, an Ohio corporation ("VCS") and VIKING STEEL, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company ("Viking") (VCS and Viking may be referred to hereinafter individually as a "Member", and, collectively, as the "Members"), on the following terms and conditions.

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, (i) all of the capitalized words in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the text or Appendix and (ii) all non-capitalized words defined in the Act (as hereinafter defined) shall have the meanings set forth therein.

SECTION 2

FORMATION

2.1 Organization. The Company has been organized as an Ohio limited liability company under and pursuant to the Ohio Limited Liability Act and Ohio Revised Code Chapter 1705, et seq., as amended from time to time (the "Act"), by

the filing of Articles of Organization ("Articles") with the Secretary of the State of Ohio as required by the Act.

2.2 Purposes. The purposes of the Company are to engage in any activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have all the powers necessary or convenient to effect any purpose for which it is formed, including all powers granted by or under the Act.

2.3 Duration. The term of the Company shall be perpetual from the date of filing of the Articles of Organization with the Ohio Secretary of State, unless the Company is earlier dissolved pursuant to the provisions of the Act or this Agreement.

2.4 Principal Office. The principal office of the Company shall be located at: 804 Steel Drive, Valley City, Ohio 44280.

2.5 Agent. The Agent for service of process upon the Company is Patrick James, whose address in the State of Ohio is 33790 Bainbridge Road, Suite 201, Solon, Ohio 44139. The Members

may, from time to time, change the Agent by filing the appropriate documents with the Ohio Secretary of State. If the registered Agent ceases to act as such for any reason, the Members shall promptly designate a replacement Agent. The Members shall promptly file with the Ohio Secretary of State the documents required by the Act with respect to any change of the registered Agent or his address. If the Members shall fail to designate a replacement registered Agent or if the Members or the Agent fail to file the appropriate notice of a change of agent or his address, any Member may designate a replacement Agent or file a notice of change of agent or his address.

2.6 Title to Property. Title to all property contributed to or otherwise acquired by the Company shall be held in the name of the Company.

2.7 Intention for Company. The Members have formed the Company as a limited liability company under and pursuant to the Act. The Members specifically intend and agree that the Company not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or any other venture but a limited liability company under and pursuant to the Act. No Member shall be construed to be a partner in the Company or a partner of any other Member or Person and the Articles, this Agreement and the relationships created thereby and arising therefrom shall not be construed to suggest otherwise. Notwithstanding the above, the Members agree that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for tax purposes.

2.8 Minority Business Enterprise. The Members have formed the Company with the specific intention of having the Company certified as a bona fide Minority Business Enterprise ("MBE") by the North East Ohio Minority Business Development Council ("NEOMBDC") of the National Minority Supplier Development Council ("NMSDC"). As soon as reasonably practicable following the effective date hereof, the Members agree to cause an MBE certification application to be completed and submitted to the NEOMBDC for approval. All Members agree to take all actions reasonably necessary to accomplish the certification of the Company as an MBE. Upon approval of the Company as an MBE by the NEOMBDC, no Member will take any actions which would jeopardize the Company's status as a certified MBE, except as otherwise specifically provided for and permitted under this Agreement.

2.9 Competition. Each Member will have access to the pickling and slitting of hot rolled steel and related services and related operations (the "Business") of the Company on an Arms-Length Transaction basis. Any formal written arrangement or supply agreement between the Company and a Member related to the Business, shall be on an Arms-Length Transaction basis. Although no specific allocations of capacity shall be made to any Member, in determining to accept an order generated by the efforts of an individual Member, the Company may consider factors such as longevity and volume, in addition to the Company's operating margin, on a particular order. Except otherwise provided in this Agreement, as long as a Member is a Member, a Member shall not be entitled to enter into transactions that are competitive with the Business of the Company. Any Member or related entity may engage in the business of slitting and/or cutting to length of cold rolled steel and related processing in competition with the Company or any other Member, in any territory, at any time during the term of this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly through another venture or entity, and no Member shall be deemed to be in violation of any fiduciary duty to the Company on account of such slitting and/or cutting to length of cold rolled steel and related processing or related

2

activities. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have any right by virtue of this Agreement to share or participate in such other slitting and/or cutting to length of cold rolled steel activities of a Member permitted hereunder. Each Member will conduct business with the Company on an Arms-Length Transaction basis and no Member under any circumstances may interfere with or restrict the operations or management of the Company unless otherwise specifically permitted under this Agreement.

2.10 Joint Developments. Any and all developments, inventions, patents, copyrights, or other confidential or proprietary information relating to any of the foregoing, which is produced, generated or developed by the Company or any of its employees or agents while working for the Company (each, a "Joint Development") shall be the property of, and belong to, the Company. If a Member or any of their affiliates desire to use a Joint Development in their own businesses or operations, or in the businesses or operations of any of their subsidiaries and/or affiliates, they may do so provided that all the Members have agreed in writing to allow the Company to enter into a license agreement with such Member which provides for a non-exclusive license to use the Joint Development for a period of years, not to exceed the period of existence of the Company, at a fair commercial rate and on terms equivalent to an Arms-Length Transaction. The Agreement of the Members to such request may not be unreasonably withheld.

Any and all developments, inventions, patents, copyrights, or other confidential or proprietary information of any Member which is disclosed to the Company in confidence, shall at all times remain the property of such disclosing Member and shall be for the sole use and benefit of the Company, the Members and the related entities of the Members only, and, following the purchase of the Membership Interest of the disclosing Member pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Company's successors and assigns.

SECTION 3

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

3.1 Records to be Maintained. The Company shall maintain the following records at its principal office:

(a) A current list of the full names, in alphabetical order, and last known business or residence address of each Member;

(b) Copies of the Articles, all amendments thereto, and executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which the Articles or the amendments have been executed;

(c) Copies of this Agreement, all amendments hereto, and executed copies of any powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement and such amendments have been executed;

(d) Copies of the Company's federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports, for the five (5) most recent years;

3

(e) Copies of any financial statements of the Company for the three (3) most recent years;

(f) Any other agreements or documents required by the Act or this Agreement.

Each Member shall have the right to inspect and copy any books and records of the Company during normal business hours, at such Member's own expense.

3.2 Accounting. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the particular accounting methods and principles to be followed by the Company shall be determined under GAAP. The Company's method of accounting for depreciation, capital purchases, expenses and amortization shall be consistent with historical practices for book purposes and the procedures and methodology utilized under GAAP.

3.3 Reports. The Management Committee shall prepare reports concerning the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Capital Accounts of the Members in the time, manner and form as the Management Committee determines. Such reports shall be provided at least quarterly and as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal quarter and shall include a statement of each Member's share of Profits and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. The books and records of the Company shall be reviewed as of the close of each Fiscal Year by an independent certified public accountant selected by the Management Committee, who shall make a report thereon within one hundred and twenty (120) days following the end of each Fiscal Year, unless waived unanimously by all of the Managers on the Management Committee.

3.4 Fiscal Year. The Fiscal Year of the Company shall begin on the first day of November and shall end on October 31/st/.

3.5 Member's Accounts. Separate Capital Accounts for each Member shall be maintained by the Company. In addition, an account reflecting the Preferential Cash Balance, as defined herein shall be maintained for VCS. Each Member's Capital Account shall reflect the Member's Capital Contributions and increases for the Member's share of any net Profits, income or gain of the Company. Each Member's Capital Account shall also reflect decreases for distributions made to the Member and the Member's share of any Losses and deductions of the Company.

SECTION 4

CONTRIBUTIONS AND COMMITMENTS

4.1 Initial Capital Contributions. By execution of this Agreement, each Member shall be deemed to have made an initial Capital Contribution in cash or property having a fair market value in the amount set forth opposite that Member's name on Exhibit "A", no later than sixty (60) days from the date of this Agreement (each an "Initial Capital Contribution"). Contributions of property in lieu of cash require the unanimous written consent of all Members and unanimous agreement as to value. The Sharing Ratios and Units of the Members are set forth in Exhibit "A". Any additional Member (other than an assignee of a Membership Interest (as hereinafter defined) who has been admitted as a Member) shall make the Capital Contribution set forth in an Admission Agreement. No interest shall

4

accrue on any Capital Contribution and no Member shall have any right to withdraw or to be repaid any Capital Contribution except as provided in this Agreement.

4.2 Additional Capital Contributions. No Member shall be obligated to make additional capital contributions to the Company in excess of its Initial Capital Contribution except in accordance with Section 7.1(b) hereunder. If the Managers determine that the Company requires additional Capital Contributions in accordance with Section 7.1(b), then each Member shall contribute his, her or its share of additional Capital Contributions. A Member's share of the additional Capital Contributions shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Member's Percentage and the total additional Capital Contributions required. Within thirty (30) days after the Members have determined the amount of additional Capital Contribution required, each Member shall pay the Member's share, in cash or by certified check, to the Company, unless the Management Committee decides to the contrary.

4.3 Failure to Make Capital Contribution. If any Member or Assignee (a "Delinquent Member") fails to make a Capital Contribution required to be made hereunder, any Member who is not a Delinquent Member may give the Delinquent Member a notice of such failure. If the Delinquent Member fails to pay the Capital Contribution within ten (10) business days of receipt of such notice, the Delinquent Member shall be considered a Defaulting Member and the Defaulting Member's obligation shall thereafter bear interest at the Default Interest Rate. Members who are not a Delinquent Member may elect to satisfy all or any portion of the Delinquent Member's unsatisfied Capital Contribution (the "Unpaid Contribution"). Those Members who elect to contribute (the "Contributing Members") shall do so in the ratio of their respective Units or in such other ratio as they may agree in writing. The Contributing Members advancing such amount shall be entitled to one of the following, provided such action does not reasonably jeopardize the Company's status as a certified MBE, unless the Contributing Members otherwise agree:

i. Repayment of the amount of the Unpaid Contribution, together with interest thereon at an annual interest rate equal to four percent (4%) over the prime rate of interest designated by KeyBank, N.A., (the "Bank") as being its prime rate (the "Prime Rate"), from time to time, commencing on the due date for such contribution until the Unpaid Contribution shall have been paid in full by the Defaulting Member, together with interest thereon as herein provided; and the right to receive such Defaulting Member's share of all Distributions to which the Defaulting Member would have been entitled until such time as the full amount advanced on behalf of the Defaulting Member, together with interest thereon, as herein provided, is fully repaid; or

ii. Treat the amount of the Defaulting Member's Unpaid Contribution as a proportionate addition to the Capital Accounts of the Contributing Members. To the extent the Unpaid Contribution is contributed by any other Member, the Defaulting Member's ownership percentage shall be reduced, and the percentage of each Contributing Member shall be increased, so that each Member's percentage is equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is that Member's total Capital Contribution and the denominator of which is the

5

total Capital Contributions of all Members. The Chairman or Chief Executive Officer shall thereafter amend Exhibit "A" accordingly; or

iii. Purchase (either directly or through a subsidiary, assignee or nominee) the Membership Units of the Defaulting Member for a purchase price equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Defaulting Member's Capital Account as of the date of default. If the option to purchase is exercised, the Contributing Members will pay the Defaulting Member such purchase price, in equal annual installments, over not less than a three (3) year period with interest at the rate considered the Prime Rate of the Bank from time to time, commencing on the date the aforesaid option to purchase is exercised; or

iv. Treat the failure to make a required Capital Contribution as an event of withdrawal of the Member thereby invoking the provisions of this Agreement in the event of a voluntary withdrawal of a Member; or

v. Require the Company to repay such excess to the advancing Member, with interest thereof, at an interest rate equal to two percent (2%) over the Bank's Prime Rate.

Each Contributing Member advancing funds on behalf of a Defaulting Member shall elect which of the options he wishes to exercise pursuant to Section 4.3. If more than one Contributing Member elects to advance or purchase, the amount to be advanced or the purchase price to be paid, respectively, shall be allocated to each such Contributing Member in the same proportion as his Membership units bears to the total Membership units of all those Contributing Members who have elected to advance or purchase.

Except as provided in this Section 4 hereof, any advance to the Company in excess of a Member's required contribution shall not increase such Member's Company units or entitle such Member to an increased share of Company profits or losses.

4.4 Loans. Without limiting the powers of the Company, the Company may borrow funds from time to time, required in excess of the Initial Capital Contributions to be made by the Members, to finance such Real Property lease costs and working capital needs as set forth herein. Notwithstanding such borrowings by the Company, neither VCS or any of its other affiliates or Viking or any of its other affiliates shall be a guarantor under any loans to or borrowings of the Company, unless such entity consents specifically thereto, in writing.

4.5 Return of Capital Contributions. A Member is not entitled to demand the return of any part of its Capital Contributions, nor to interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions. Neither the Company nor any Member has any obligation to return the Capital Contributions of any Member, except as otherwise provided under this Agreement.

SECTION 5

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

6

5.1 Allocations. Subject to the last sentence in this Section 5.1, except as may be required by the Code or this Agreement, book and/or tax net Profits and net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with their Sharing Ratios. Notwithstanding the above, any management fees and expenses paid by the Company to Viking, or any interest expense attributable to Original Debt, less an amount equal to the Interest Differential Amount as hereinafter defined, shall be allocated entirely to Viking, and an amount of interest equal to the Interest Differential Amount shall be allocated entirely to VCS.

5.2 Preferential Cash Balance. VCS shall have credited to its account a cumulative Preferential Cash Balance as defined herein. The Preferential Cash Balance of VCS as a Member shall be cumulative from year to year, and increased or decreased as follows:

(a) At the inception of the Company, the Preferential Cash Balance to VCS as a Member of the Company shall be zero.

(b) The Preferential Cash Balance of VCS as a Member of the Company shall be increased by:

(i) Distributions that are foregone by VCS to cover Original Debt Servicing Payments and/or the Excess Amount as described in
Section 5.3 of this Agreement; and

(ii) The portion of additional voluntary Capital Contributions by VCS, if any, to the Company, utilized by the Company to cover the Original Debt Servicing Payments.

(c) The Preferential Cash Balance of VCS as a member shall be decreased by Preferential Cash Distributions to VCS as described in Section 5.3 of this Agreement (the "Preferential Cash Balance").

To the extent a cumulative Preferential Cash Balance exists at the time of a purchase of a Member's membership interest as described in Section 9.9 of this Agreement, the cumulative Preferential Cash Balance shall be taken into account in calculating any purchase price to be paid pursuant to Section 9.9.

5.3 Distributions. Subject to Section 7.1, Distributions shall be declared and paid from time to time by the Company as hereinafter provided. Annually, after the close of each fiscal year of the Company (the "Relevant Fiscal Year"), the Members agree that Distributions by the Company shall be made to the Members equal to the amount of Distributable Cash for the Relevant Fiscal Year (the "Annual Distribution"), the portion of any such Annual Distribution to be paid to (i) VCS, however, shall be reduced by the sum of the following amounts: (a) all Distributions (including Tax Distributions as hereinafter defined) if any, received by VCS during the fiscal year that just then ended (the "Relevant Fiscal Year"), and (b) (until the earlier of VCS no longer being a Member of

7

the Company or February 1, 2010, whichever occurs first), the applicable Interest Differential Amount (as hereinafter defined), incurred during such Relevant Fiscal Year; and (ii) Viking, however, shall be reduced by the sum of the following amounts: (a) all Distributions (including Tax Distributions) if any, received by Viking during the Relevant Fiscal Year, (b) any management fees ("Management Fees") paid to Viking or Viking Management, LLC during the Relevant Fiscal Year, and (c) all payments made during the Relevant Fiscal Year by the Company for Original Debt Servicing Payments [but excluding therefrom (until the earlier of VCS no longer being a Member of the Company or February 1, 2010, whichever occurs first) two and one-half percent (2-1/2%) of the interest paid on the principal balance of Five Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,400,000) of the term debt which is part of the Original Debt.] In the event that the Company should re-finance and pay off the Original Debt, then the payoff of the Original Debt which is made as a result of such re-financing shall not be included as a deduction from the Distribution payable to Viking, provided however, the principal balance of the Original Debt on the date such Original Debt is paid off as a result of such re-financing, shall after such re-financing continue for purposes of this Agreement, and the Distributions hereunder, to be defined and classified as "Original Debt". In the event that the above reductions from the Distributions to be made to Viking exceed the amount of the Distribution to Viking (the amount by which the Distribution to Viking is exceeded, "Excess Amount"), then Viking shall receive no Distribution pursuant to the foregoing contained in this Section 5.3, shall not be obligated to return any moneys or property to the Company as a result thereof, and the Distribution to VCS shall be reduced, but not below $0, in addition to the amount set forth above, by the Excess Amount and such Excess Amount shall become part of the Preferential Cash Balance. Notwithstanding the above, other than a Tax Distribution, if a positive cumulative Preferential Cash Balance exists at the time of any Distributions, Distributions shall solely be made to VCS until the Preferential Cash Balance is equal to $0 (such Distributions "Preferential Cash Distributions"). Distributions in anticipation of a Dissolution Event or subsequent to a Dissolution Event shall be made as provided in Sections 14.2 and
14.3. To the extent there is not sufficient Distributable Cash available to cover Original Debt Servicing Payments, Viking shall first forego any and all management fees, other than for the twelve (12) consecutive calendar months commencing immediately after the date hereof, and then VCS shall forego its Distribution to cover Original Debt Servicing Payments, subject to Section 5.2. VCS shall not forego any Distributions to cover management fees to be paid to Viking. Notwithstanding the above, Viking shall forego any and all management fees if there is an event or condition of default under the agreements of the Company with its secured lender applicable to the Original Debt which event of default prohibits the payment of management fees or Distributions and such foregoing shall not be a default under any agreement of the Company to pay Management Fees to Viking and/or Viking Management, LLC. Distributions shall be in cash or property or partially in both, as determined by the Management Committee. However, no Distribution shall be declared or made if, after giving it effect, the Company would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or the Company's total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if the Company were to be dissolved at the time of the Distribution to satisfy the preferential rights of other Members upon dissolution that are superior to the rights of the Members receiving the Distribution, or if the making of any such Distribution would violate Ohio law or the agreements of the Company with its secured lenders applicable to the Original Debt.

8

5.4 Distributions of Distributable Cash. Unless expressly modified by Sections 5.2, 5.3 or some other provision of this Agreement, the Members intend for Distributable Cash for each taxable year of the Company, to be distributed to the Interest Holder in proportion to their percentages of ownership of the Units no later than ninety (90) days after the end of the taxable year. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.2 and 5.3, quarterly Distributions shall be made so as to provide each Member with an amount equal to its estimated and final tax payment obligations as a result of being a Member of the Company, including but not limited to Federal, state and local income and related taxes, and such quarterly Distributions will be reconciled as of the end of the Fiscal Year ("Tax Distributions"). Such Distributions are intended to be sufficient for purposes of paying any and all types of federal, state and local income tax incurred by the Members or their affiliates (included as an affiliate, member(s) of a Member) with respect to taxable income of the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, each Member shall be deemed to have paid taxes, as a result of its membership interest in the Company, at the highest marginal tax rate applicable to such Member.

5.5 Offset against VCS Distributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Members acknowledge and agree that if a Claim under the Asset Purchase Agreement is made by the Company against VCS, and such Claim is finally resolved pursuant to the provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, including Section 12.21 thereof, and results in the Company having a right to be indemnified by VCS pursuant to the indemnification provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement; the Company shall have a right, upon prior written notice to VCS, and if VCS fails to indemnify the Company pursuant to the indemnification provisions of the Asset Purchase Agreement, to offset dollar for dollar against the Distributions payable to VCS as a Member of the Company the amount of such indemnification obligation under the Asset Purchase Agreement associated with such Claim.

5.6 Allocations and Distributions to New Members and Assignees. If Units are transferred or if additional Units are issued to a new Member during any Fiscal Year, Profits and Losses, for the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the Assignee or the new or Substitute Member in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the non- Transferring Members. All Distributions on or before the date of a Transfer shall be made to the transferor, and all Distributions thereafter shall be made to the transferee. If a Transfer does not comply with the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement, then any Distributions shall be allocated to the Person who

attempted to make the Transfer.

5.7 Curative Amendment. The Management Committee by unanimous consent is hereby authorized, upon the advice of the Company's tax counsel, to amend this
Section 5 to comply with the Code and the Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b); provided, however, that no amendment shall materially adversely affect any Distributions to a Member without the Member's prior written consent.

SECTION 6

MEMBERS AND MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

9

6.1 Liability of Members. No Member shall be liable as such for the liabilities of the Company. The failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business or affairs under this Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Members for liabilities of the Company.

6.2 Representations and Warranties. Each Member hereby represents and warrants to each other Member that (a) the Member is acquiring the Units for the Member's own account as an investment and without an intent to distribute the Units, and (b) the Member acknowledges that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws, and may not be resold or transferred by the Member without appropriate registration or the availability of an exemption from such requirements.

6.3 Meetings of Members. The Members shall meet annually at such time as shall be reasonably determined by resolution of a Majority-in-Interest of the Members, commencing with the year following the adoption of this Agreement, for the purpose of transacting such business as may come before the meeting; provided, however, the failure to hold an annual meeting shall not be grounds for dissolution of the Company. Special meetings of the Members, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by any Member or Members holding at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding Units. All meetings shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Management Committee. Members may participate in any annual or special meeting through the use of any means of communication by which all of the Members may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A Member participating in a meeting by any such communication device is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

6.4 Notice and Record Date of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided herein, written notice stating the place, day and hour of a meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each Member entitled to Vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered two calendar days after being deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Member at its address as it appears on the books of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid. Members may waive prior notice by attending the meeting or by executing a written waiver of notice before or after the meeting. The date on which notice of the meeting is mailed shall be the record date for such determination of Members entitled to notice of or to Vote at any meeting of Members.

6.5 Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of the Members representing fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding Units in the Company shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Members.

6.6 Voting. The Members shall have one Vote for each Unit owned by them with respect to all matters submitted to a vote of the Members. A Member may Vote in person or by a proxy executed in writing by the Member or by a duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Member acting as Chairman of the meeting, before or at the beginning of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Assignees of a Member are entitled to receive the Member/Assignor's economic

10

interest only and shall not become a Member and will not have a right to vote unless admitted as a Member pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 hereof.

6.7 Required Vote. Unless a greater vote is required under this Agreement, the Act or the Articles, the affirmative vote or consent of a Majority-in-Interest of the Members entitled to vote thereon or consent thereto shall be required on any matter submitted to a vote of the Members.

6.8 Action by Members Without a Meeting. Subject to the Act or the terms of this Agreement, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of Members may be taken without notice and without a meeting if the action is evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the Members approving such action and delivered to the custodian of the Company's records for filing with the Company records. Unless an action requires unanimous approval, the written consent will be effective upon approval by Members holding the number of Units necessary to approve the action. Any action taken hereunder is effective when the Members holding the number of necessary Units have signed the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date. The record date for determining Members entitled to take action without a meeting shall be the date the first Member signs a written consent.

6.9 Withdrawal of Member. The Members covenant not to withdraw as a Member without the prior written consent of all of the other Members if such withdrawal would cause the Company to be taxed in any way other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

6.10 Other Business Interests of Members. Subject to Section 2.9 of this Operating Agreement, unless specified to the contrary in some other written agreement between the Members, each Member may have other business interests provided that such other business interests are not in conflict with or in competition with the Business of the Company. The Members shall not be obligated to devote more time and attention to the conduct of the Business of the Company than shall be required for the supervision of the ownership, operation and management of the Company's business property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

6.11 Members Authority. The provisions contained in this Section 6
supersede any authority granted to the Members pursuant to Section 1705.25(A) of the Act. Any Member who takes any action or binds the Company in violation of this Section 6 shall be solely responsible for any loss and expense incurred as a result of the unauthorized action and shall indemnify and hold the Company harmless with respect to the loss or expense.

SECTION 7

MANAGEMENT AND MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE

7.1 Management and Management Committee.

(a) Except for situations in which the approval of the Members is required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of the Act, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, the powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the

11

direction of, Managers acting by and through a Management Committee (as defined below). The Management Committee as hereinafter defined, pursuant to a majority vote of its Managers, shall manage, control, administer and operate, and make all decisions relating to, the business and affairs of the Company and exercise all power conferred upon the Company in the Act, except such as are by law, by the Articles or by this Agreement conferred upon or reserved to the Members. The Management Committee pursuant to a majority vote of its Managers shall have the right to delegate to the officers of the Company, if any, authority to exercise any power, duty or responsibility of the Management Committee not specifically reserved to the Management Committee or the Members under this Agreement. The day-to-day operations and management of the Company shall be by or under the authority of the Chairman of the Management Committee as hereinafter designated.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following actions may be undertaken only upon the affirmative vote of all the Managers:

(i) Admit a new or Substitute Member;

(ii) Make investments in Growth Capital for the Business;

(iii) Amend or restate the Articles of Organization or this Agreement;

(iv) Except in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement or any instrument, document or agreement executed therewith, or contemplated thereby, enter into, amend or terminate, any agreement between the Company and any Member of the Company, other than on terms of an Arm's-Length Transaction basis;

(v) Guarantee any loans to a third party;

(vi) Sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of substantially all of the property and assets, with or without the goodwill, of the Company other than in connection with the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Section 14 hereof and other than inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Invest in, acquire, merge with or form a legally binding affiliation or association with another entity or be a party to a merger, consolidation, exchange or acquisition;

(viii) Change the nature of the Company's business or the purpose for which the Company was formed from other than that of pickling and slitting hot rolled steel and related processing services;

(ix) Make any request for or accept additional Contributions of capital from a Member or offer an equity interest in the Company to any third-party;

12

(x) Borrow money or otherwise commit the credit of the Company for Company activities if such borrowing or commitment of credit requires a guarantee or security from a Member or any of its affiliates;

(xi) Change the status or certification of the Company as a Minority Business Enterprise;

(xii) Becoming contingently liable with respect to the indebtedness of others except for the endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Initiate or settle any litigation for an amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and/or which is likely to affect a significant customer relationship, except for litigation involving routine employment matters or in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement or any document, instrument or agreement executed therewith;

(xiv) Pay any management fees to Viking or Viking Management, LLC other than for periods ending before the twelve (12) consecutive calendar months commencing after the date hereof; or

(xv) Restore deficit Capital Accounts.

In the event that any such action is consummated without the consent of Managers, such act shall be null and void and of no legal force or effect and shall be terminated.

(c) Prior to filing a bankruptcy petition on behalf of the Company; or making any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company; or compromising any material sums due the Company; or appointing the Plant Manager of the Company; or approving the annual budget for the Company, the Management Committee in a meeting at which a quorum of Managers are present shall discuss said bankruptcy petition, assignment, compromise, appointment or budget.

7.2 Number of Managers: Establishment of Management Committee. There shall be five (5) Managers of the Company. Unless and until this Agreement is amended by the Members in accordance with Section 15 of this Agreement, VCS shall have the right to appoint two (2) Managers and Viking shall have the right to appoint three (3) of the five (5) Managers. The following individuals are hereby appointed as initial Managers of the Company to serve until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified:

VCS Appointees                Viking Appointees
--------------                -----------------

John F. Falcon                 Patrick K. James
Jim Buddelmeyer                Michael Klinginsmith

                             13

                                Jay L. Schabel

The Managers each shall be either an officer, director or employee of the Member that appointed such Manager and each shall serve at the pleasure and on behalf of the Member that appointed such Manager. Any Manager may be removed, with or without cause, only by the Member that appointed such Manager. Any vacancy shall be filled by the Member that appointed the Manager whose seat is then vacant. Each Manager shall serve in such capacity until resignation or until removed by the Member that appointed such Manager or until such seat otherwise becomes vacant. The Managers shall act by and through a management committee (the "Management Committee") consisting of all five (5) Managers, and no individual Manager shall have authority to act individually on behalf of the Company or to bind the Company absent a specific grant of authority from the Management Committee. Viking shall designate from among the Managers of the Management Committee appointed by Viking, one (1) designee to act as Chairman (the "Chairman") of the Management Committee.

7.3 Management Committee.

(a) Quorum. A majority of the Managers of the Management Committee shall constitute a quorum. No action shall be taken at any meeting of the Management Committee unless a quorum of the Managers of the Management Committee are present in person at such meeting. Notwithstanding that a quorum consisting of less than all of the Managers of the Management Committee may be present at any meeting of the Management Committee, all actions of the Management Committee shall require the consent of a majority of the whole authorized number of Managers of the Management Committee (unless a greater number is required under the provisions of this Operating Agreement).

(b) Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the Managers of the Management Committee shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of the Members, or as soon thereafter as is practicable. Such annual meeting shall be held at the same place at which such Members' meeting was held.

(c) Regular Meeting. Except as the Management Committee may, by resolution or by-law, from time-to-time otherwise determine, regular meetings of the Managers of the Management Committee shall be held on a quarterly basis on the 15th day of each February, May, August and December during the term hereof at the principal offices of the Company. The Secretary shall give notice of each such resolution or by-law to any Manager of the Management Committee who was not present at the time the same was adopted, but no further notice of such regular meeting need be given.

(d) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Managers of the Management Committee may be called by the Chairman, or any two Managers of the Management Committee that have not been appointed to the Management Committee by the same Member, and shall be held at such times and places, within or without the State of Ohio, as may be specified in such call.

14

(e) Notice of Annual or Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of each annual or special meeting shall be given to each Manager of the Management Committee by the Chairman or by the person or persons calling such meeting. Such notice need not specify the purpose or purposes of the meeting and may be given in any manner or method and at such time so that the Manager of the Management Committee receiving it may have reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting. Such notice shall, in all events, be deemed to have been properly and duly given if mailed at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the meeting and directed to the business address of each Manager of the Management Committee as shown upon the Company's records and, in the event of a meeting to be held through the use of communications equipment, if the notice sets forth the telephone number at which each Manager of the Management Committee may be reached for purposes of participation in the meeting as shown upon the Company's records and states that the Chairman must be notified if a Manager of the Management Committee desires to be reached at a different telephone number. The giving of notice shall be deemed to have been waived by any Manager of the Management Committee who shall participate in such meeting and may be waived, in a writing, by any Manager of the Management Committee either before or after such meeting.

(f) Compensation. Unless the Managers of the Management Committee unanimously otherwise agree, neither Managers of the Management Committee nor the Chairman of the Management Committee, as such, shall be entitled to receive from the Company any compensation for their services but shall be entitled to reimbursement of any expenses of attendance at any meeting of the Management Committee.

(g) Action by Written Consent or Telephone Conference. Any action permitted or required to be taken at a meeting of the Management Committee or any committee designated by the Management Committee may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action to be taken, is signed by that number of the Managers of the Management Committee as members of such committee, as the case may be required to approve the action. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a vote at a meeting that would be required to approve the action at which a quorum was present. Managers of the Management Committee, or members of any committee designated by the Management Committee, may participate in and hold a meeting of the Management Committee or any committee of Management Committee, as the case may be, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such meeting shall constitute attendance and presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(h) Proxies. A person who is entitled to attend a meeting of the Management Committee, to vote thereat or to execute consents, waivers or releases may be

15

represented at such meeting or vote thereat, and execute consents, waivers and releases, and exercise any of his other rights, by proxy or proxies appointed by a writing signed by such person.

(i) Chairman to Preside. The Chairman of the Management Committee shall preside at all meetings of Members and at all meetings of the Management Committee.

7.4 Functions Reserved to the Management Committee. The following actions shall not be taken by the Chairman of the Company without the specific authorization of the Management Committee. Any action set forth in this Agreement which requires the approval of the whole Management Committee, including all actions specified in Section 7.1(b) of this

Agreement.

7.5 Chairman and Officers. The day-to-day operations and management of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of the Chairman as designated from time to time in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof. The Management Committee may appoint, by majority vote of the Managers of the Management Committee, such officers as it may determine from time to time, which may include a President, such number of Vice Presidents as it may from time to time determine, a Secretary and a Treasurer. Any two (2) of such officers, other than President and Vice President, and Secretary and Assistant Secretary, may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity. Each officer of the Company shall hold office at the pleasure of the Management Committee and no officer may hold office for more than twelve (12) months following his appointment to office unless he is re-appointed to office by the Management Committee at the end of the twelve (12) month period following that appointment. The officers, subject to the direction and control of the Chairman and the Management Committee, shall do all things and take all actions necessary to run the business of the Company. Each officer shall have the duties assigned to him by this Agreement or by the Management Committee. In addition to any duties assigned by this Agreement, the Chairman of the Company shall be responsible for preparing an annual budget including a detailed capital expenditure plan and salary plan for employees of the Company for approval by the Management Committee (the "Annual Budget"). The officers' if any, and the Plant Manager shall be entitled to such compensation, if any, as may be approved from time to time by the majority vote of the Management Committee. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by majority vote of the Managers of the Management Committee. Subject to
Section 7.1(b)(c), any vacancy in any office or in the position of Plant Manager, may be filled by majority vote of the whole authorized number of Managers of the Management Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chairman shall serve until his resignation or removal. The Chairman may only be removed by Viking. Any vacancy in the position of Chairman may be filled only by Managers selected by Viking.

7.6 Duties of Chairman.

Chairman. The Chairman shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall exercise supervision over the day-to-day business and management of the Company and over its officers, if any, subject however, to the Management Committee as provided herein. The Chairman shall have authority to sign all certificates for interests and all deeds, mortgages, bonds, agreements,

16

notes, and other instruments requiring his signature; and shall have all the powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Management Committee. The Chairman shall also have general supervision of the day-to-day management and operations of the plant, including the authority to hire and terminate production personnel, and shall be responsible for the productivity of the plant and the quality of the products produced therefrom.

7.7 Compensation of Members. Except as hereinafter provided, no Member shall receive monetary or any other form of compensation for routine services rendered to the Company.

7.8 Standard of Care. Each Manager on the Management Committee shall perform his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interest of the Company and with such care as an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. A Manager who so performs his or her duties as a Manager shall not have any liability by reason of being or having been a manager of the Company. The Managers do not, in any way, guarantee the return of the Members' Capital Contributions or a profit for the Members from the operations of the Company. The Managers shall not be liable to the Company or to any Member for any loss or damage sustained by the Company or by any Member, unless the loss or damage shall have been the result of fraud, deceit, gross negligence, willful misconduct, breach of this Agreement or a wrongful taking by a Manager.

7.9 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify each Manager to the fullest extent allowed by Section 1705.32 of the Act and any other applicable law.

7.10 Managers have no Exclusive Duty to Company. Except to the extent agreed to in any written employment agreement entered into by and between the Company and any Manager, no Manager shall be required to manage the Company as his or her sole and exclusive job and he or she, as well as any Member, may have other interests and may engage in other activities in addition to those relating to the Company. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have any right, by virtue of this Agreement, to share or participate in such other investments or activities of any Manager and/or Member or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom. Except to the extent provided for in some other agreement, neither the Manager or any Member shall incur any liability to the Company or to any Member as a result of engaging in any other business or venture.

7.11 Management Fees. The Company shall make periodic monthly management fee payments to Viking Management, LLC of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) per month for the twelve (12) consecutive months commencing immediately after the closing under the Asset Purchase Agreement, thereafter management fees are subject to Section 7.1(b).

SECTION 8

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 General. The Company shall indemnify any Person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (excluding actions by or in the right of the Company) and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that the Person is or was a Member

17

of the Company, Manager, officer or member of the Management Committee, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, settlements, penalties and fines
(including excise taxes assessed with respect to employee benefit plans)
actually or reasonably incurred in accordance with such action, suit or proceeding, if the Person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by the Person to have been, in the best interest of the Company and not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, either the Person had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Person did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct.

8.2 Authorization. To the extent that a Person has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 8.1, on the merits or otherwise, or in the defense of any claim, issue or other matter therein, the Company shall indemnify such Person against expenses (including counsel fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the Person. Any other indemnification under Section 8.1 shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the Person is permissible in the circumstances because the Person has met the applicable standard of conduct. Such determination may be made by either: (a) a Majority of the Members who are not at the time parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or (b) a written opinion authored by independent legal counsel.

8.3 Reliance on Information. For purposes of any determination under Section 8.1, a Person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and to have otherwise met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 if the action is based on information, opinions, reports, or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, if prepared or presented by (a) one or more Members, Managers, officers or employees of the Company or another enterprise whom the Person reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented; (b) legal counsel, public accountants, appraisers or other Persons as to matters reasonably believed to be within the Person's professional or expert competence; or (c) the board of directors or other governing body of another entity, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such Person is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, employee or agent. The provisions of this

Section 8.3 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1.

8.4 Advancement of Expenses. Expenses incurred in connection with any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid for or reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, as authorized in the specific case in the same manner described in
Section 8.2, upon receipt of a written affirmation of the Member, Manager, employee or agent's good faith belief that such Person has met the standard of conduct described in Section 8.1 and upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the Person did not meet the standard of conduct, and a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination shall not preclude indemnification under this Section.

18

8.5 Non-Exclusive Provisions: Vesting. The indemnification provided by this Section 8 is not exclusive of any other rights to which a Person seeking indemnification may be entitled. The right of any Person to indemnification under this Section shall vest at the time of occurrence or performance of any event, act or omission giving rise to any action, suit or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 8.1 and, once vested, shall not later be impaired as a result of any amendment, repeal, alteration or other modification of any or all of these provisions.

8.6 Insurance. The Company shall have the power to purchase insurance on behalf of any Member against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Member, in the capacity or arising out of such Member's status as a Member of the Company.

8.7 Definitions. For purposes of this Section 8, serving an employee benefit plan at the request of the Company shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of an entity which imposes duties on, or involves services by such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries. A Person who acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interest of the Company" referred to in this Section. For purposes of this Section, "party" includes any individual who is or was a plaintiff, defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding, or who is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in any action, suit or proceeding.

SECTION 9

TRANSFER OF UNITS

9.1 General Prohibition of Transfers. The Transfer of the Units owned by VCS pursuant to the Merger as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement shall be permitted hereunder. Further, provided that the terms and conditions set forth in Section 9.3 are complied with, a Member may upon prior written notice to the other Member(s), Transfer its Units to an Affiliate of such Member without the consent of the other Member provided that in the case of a transfer of Units by VCS, the right of offset to Distributions as set forth in Section 5.5 hereof shall continue as if VCS were still the owner of such Units. Except as provided above, no Member shall, without the unanimous prior written consent of the other Members, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, grant or dispose of, voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise (hereinafter, a "Transfer" or any root derivative thereof) all or any part of its Membership Interest in the Company or this Agreement. Any purported Transfer of Units not in compliance with this Section 9 shall be null and void.

9.2 Effective Date of Transfer. In the event of the unanimous prior written consent of all of the Members permitting a proposed Transfer, said proposed Transfer of Units hereunder shall not be effective until the latest to occur of the following to the extent applicable:

(a) Any proposed Transfer that is a sale to a third party subject to
Section 9.1 shall not be effective unless and until the requirements of Section 9.1 have been satisfied.

19

(b) No Transfer of Units shall be effective unless and until the transferee has complied with Section 9.3.

(c) Any Transfer of Units shall be deemed effective as of the last day of the calendar month in which the last of the conditions specified in this Section 9.2 is satisfied.

9.3 Requirements for Effectiveness of Transfer. As a condition to recognizing the effectiveness of any proposed Transfer of Units, the remaining Members may require the transferor and/or the proposed transferee, to execute instruments of transfer, assignment and assumption and other documents, and to perform all other acts which the remaining Members may deem necessary or desirable to:

(a) Constitute such transferee, as an Assignee or a Substitute Member;

(b) Confirm that the Person acquiring Units, or being admitted as a Member, has agreed to be subject to and bound by this Agreement, as it may be further amended, regardless of whether the Person is to be admitted as a Substitute Member or will merely be an Assignee;

(c) Preserve the Company's status under the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified, organized or does business after the Transfer;

(d) Maintain the Company's classification as a partnership for federal income tax purposes;

(e) Assure compliance with any applicable state and federal laws including securities laws and regulations; and

(f) Maintain the Company's status as a certified MBE, unless otherwise provided herein.

9.4 Admission of a Transferee as a Member. A transferee of Units shall be admitted as a Member with respect thereto if the transferee (a) complies with
Section 9.3 and is a Member or (b) is unanimously approved as a Substitute Member by the non-transferring Members.

9.5 Transfer to a Person Not Admitted as a Member. Any transfer of Units under this Section 9 to a transferee not admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 9.4 shall be an assignment only of income and loss rights to the transferee. Any such transferee of Units not admitted as a Member shall be an Assignee and have no right to participate in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Any and all rights of the Assignee shall terminate at such time when the Transferor no longer owns any Units of the Company and/or ceases to be a Member.

9.6 Unauthorized Transfer. If the Membership Interest of a Member or Members is in doubt, or if there is reasonable doubt as to who is entitled to a distribution of the income realized from a Membership Interest, the Company may accumulate the income until this issue is finally

20

determined and resolved. Accumulated income will be credited to the Capital Account of the Member whose interest is in question.

9.7 Prohibited Transfer. Except insofar as may otherwise by required by law, or permitted by Section 9 hereof, no Member's Membership Interest in the Company, in whole or in part, shall be subject in any manner to alienation by anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance of any kind, nor in any manner be subject to the debt or liabilities of any Member, and any attempt to so alienate or subject any such Membership Interest shall be null and void.

9.8 Absolute Restriction. Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, the transfer of a Membership Interest (including any assignment under this Section 9) or any right, title or interest therein or thereto will not be permitted if the interest sought to be transferred added to the total of all other Membership Interest transferred within the period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending with the proposed date of the transfer results in a termination of the Company under Section 708 of the Internal Revenue Code or if the Membership Interest sought to be transferred would jeopardize, in the reasonable opinion of the remaining Members, the status of the Company as a certified MBE, unless such remaining Members otherwise consent to such transfer.

9.9 Repurchase of Membership Interest.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the first (1/st/) day of the first (1/st/) month after the first (1/st/) anniversary date of the effective date of this Agreement and on the first (1st) day of every month thereafter (each such date being referred to herein as a "Put Date" or sometimes "Valuation Date"), VCS shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase its Membership Interest, upon sixty (60) days' advance written notice by VCS to the Company, at the price and on the terms as more fully set forth in this Section 9.9. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company may at its option, assign its rights and obligations under this Section 9.9(a) to Viking, and the performance thereof by Viking shall satisfy the obligation of the
Company hereunder.

(b) The purchase price of VCS's Membership Interest under Section 9.9(a) above shall equal five (5) times the trailing EBITDA (as defined below) of the Company, over the prior twelve (12) month period as of the Valuation Date, multiplied by VCS's Membership Interest plus any unpaid cumulative Preferential Cash Balance provided under Section 5.2 hereof; less the outstanding principal balance of the secured funded debt of the Company as of the Valuation Date, over and above the outstanding principal balance of the Original Debt as of the Valuation Date, multiplied by VCS's Membership Interest (the "Put Purchase Price"). In addition to the Put Purchase Price to be paid by the Company or Viking, as applicable, the Company shall also as part of the consideration to be paid for the purchase of the VCS Membership Interest, caused to be discharged any lien and/or mortgage on the Real Property securing the Original Debt. The trailing EBITDA of the Company shall mean as of the Valuation Date, the net income or loss of the Company over the prior twelve (12) month period

21

determined in accordance with GAAP by the then current public accounting firm engaged by the Company, plus the sum of interest expense for such period, all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period, and any extraordinary or unusual charges for such period to the extent such applicable expenses or deductions were deducted to determine net income or loss, and minus the sum of any extraordinary gains to the extent included to determine net income or loss for such period ("trailing EBITDA").

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, upon the first (1/st/) day of the first (1/st/) month after the first (1/st/) anniversary date of the effective date of this Agreement, and on the first (1/st/) day of every month thereafter (each such date being referred to herein as a "Call Date" or sometimes "Valuation Date"), Viking and VCS shall each have the right to purchase the Membership Interest of the other, upon sixty (60) days' advance written notice by the acquiring Member to the selling Member at the price and on the terms as more fully set forth in this Section 9.9.

(d) The purchase price of VCS's Membership Interest under Section 9.9(c) above, shall equal the greater of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) plus any unpaid cumulative Preferential Cash Balance provided under Section 5.2 hereof, or six (6) times the trailing EBITDA (as defined in Section 9.9(b) above) of the Company, over the prior twelve (12) month period, as of the Valuation Date multiplied by VCS's Membership Interest plus any unpaid cumulative Preferential Cash Balance provided under Section 5.2 hereof; less the outstanding principal balance of the secured funded debt of the Company as of the Valuation Date over and above the outstanding principal balance of the Original Debt as of the Valuation Date multiplied by VCS's Membership Interest, (the "Viking Call Purchase Price"). In addition to the Viking Call Purchase Price to be paid by Viking, Viking shall also as part of the consideration to be paid for the purchase of the VCS Membership Interest, caused to be discharged any lien and/or mortgage on the Real Property securing the Original Debt. The purchase price of Viking's Membership Interest under Section 9.9(c) above, shall equal one of the following as applicable: (i) as long as there is a lien or mortgage on the Real Property securing the Mortgage Debt or any part of the Original Debt, four and one-half (4-1/2) times the trailing EBITDA (as defined in Section 9.9(b) above), of the Company over the prior twelve (12) month period, determined as of the Valuation Date multiplied by Viking's Membership Interest less the sum of any unpaid cumulative Preferential Cash Balance provided under
Section 5.2 hereof, the outstanding principal balance of the Original Debt as of the Valuation Date and the outstanding principal balance of the secured funded debt of the Company as of the Valuation Date over and above the outstanding principal balance of the Original Debt as of the Valuation Date, multiplied by Viking's Membership Interest; and
(ii) if there is no lien or mortgage on the Real Property securing the Mortgage Debt or any part of the Original Debt, the greater of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000); or six (6) times the trailing EBITDA (as defined in Section 9.9(b) above) of the Company over the prior twelve (12) month period, determined as of the Valuation Date

22

multiplied by Viking's Membership Interest less the sum of any unpaid cumulative Preferential Cash Balance provided under Section 5.2 hereof, the outstanding principal balance of the Original Debt as of the Valuation Date and the outstanding principal balance of the secured funded debt of the Company as of the Valuation Date over and above the outstanding principal balance of the Original Debt as of the Valuation Date multiplied by Viking's Membership Interest (the "VCS Call Purchase Price").

(e) Upon the election by VCS to sell its Membership Interest to the Company under Section 9.9(a), or the election of Viking or VCS to purchase the Membership Interest of the other under Section 9.9(c), the purchase price shall be paid in the following manner: at the closing, the acquiring Member or Company, as applicable, shall pay to the selling Member one hundred percent (100%) of the purchase price in cash or by certified or bank cashier's check. Notwithstanding the above, if on the Valuation Date, the leverage ratio of the Company (i.e., debt to EBITDA) is greater than 3 to 1 ("Threshold Leverage Ratio"), the purchase price to be paid by the Company, for the Membership Interest of VCS shall be paid to VCS in equal installments pursuant to the terms and conditions of a five (5) year term promissory note with interest at the Prime Rate plus three percent (3%) ("Purchase Price Note"). In addition, if on the Valuation Date, the leverage ratio of the Company is less than the Threshold Leverage Ratio, then the purchase price to be paid by the Company for the Membership Interest of VCS shall be paid to VCS as follows:

(i) The Company shall cause the Company to either raise additional funds and/or incur debt and borrow money up to an amount which if outstanding on the Valuation Date would not cause the Threshold Leverage Ratio to be exceeded ("Additional Funds"), and utilize such Additional Funds to pay at closing the cash portion of the purchase for the Membership Interests of VCS; and

(ii) The balance of the purchase price to be paid by the Company, if any, for the Membership Interest of VCS shall be paid to VCS in equal installments pursuant to the Purchase Price Note.

Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not have an obligation to acquire the whole or any part of the Membership Interest of VCS under
Section 9.9(a), if such acquisition of the whole or any part thereof, would cause the Company to be in default under the agreements of the Company with its secured lender, applicable to the Original Debt.

(f) The following terms and conditions shall also apply to any purchase of Membership Interests under this Section 9.9:

(i) The closing of any purchase or sale pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall occur within ninety (90) days after the applicable Put Date or Call Date; provided, however, if, because of the time required to determine the purchase price of the Membership Interest being purchased, such closing cannot take place

23

within such ninety (90) day period, the closing shall take place within ten (10) days after the determination of such purchase price at the time, date and place designated by the acquiring Member.

(ii) Each Member appoints the Company, through its Chairman or such other manager as the Management Committee may designate, as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver all documents needed to convey a Membership Interest under this Section 9.9. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and continues for as long as this Agreement is in effect.

(iii) In the event of the purchase of Membership Interests of a Member under this Section 9.9, the Members shall cooperate to notify all lenders and creditors of the Company of said purchase. The Company further shall indemnify and hold the selling Member harmless from and against any and all liabilities of the Company accrued or existing on or prior to the date of closing, or arising thereafter.

9.10 Transfer of Certain VCS's Member Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, once the mortgage on the Real Estate securing the Mortgage Debt has been discharged and released, VCS shall transfer to Viking, for the consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00), and other good and valuable consideration as hereinafter provided, free and clear of any and all liens and encumbrances, other than the restrictions set forth herein, sufficient Units in the Company such that after the transfer, VCS's Membership Interest in the Company is equivalent to forty percent (40%) and Viking's Membership Interest in the Company is equivalent to sixty percent (60%). Notwithstanding the transfer of Units by VCS as provided in this Section 9.10, the Capital Account balance of VCS as of the date of the transfer of Units, shall not under any circumstances be transferred as a result of the transfer of Units under this Section 9.10.

The Members and the Company agree and acknowledge that any and all taxes owed by VCS as a result of the transfer of the Membership Interest provided in this
Section 9.10, shall be paid by Viking, or the Company, provided however, if paid by the Company, such taxes and payments thereof shall be allocated solely to Viking and not VCS.

SECTION 10

TAXES

10.1 Method of Accounting For Tax Purposes. The records of the Company shall be maintained on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

10.2 Tax Matters Member. Viking shall be designated as the "Tax Matters Partner" of the Company pursuant to Section 6231, et seq. of the Code and regulations issued thereunder. Each Member, by the execution of this Agreement, consents to such designation of the Tax Matters Partner and agrees to execute, certify, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such consent. The Tax Matters Partner shall take such actions as are necessary to cause each other

24

Member and Assignee to become a "notice partner" within the meaning of Section 6223 of the Code. The Tax Matters Partner shall not take any action contemplated by Sections 6223 through 6229 of the Code without the approval by a Majority Vote of the Members. The Tax Matters Partner shall keep all Members informed of all notices from government taxing authorities that may come to the attention of the Tax Matters Partner. The Company shall pay and be responsible for all reasonable third party costs and expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in performing those duties. A Member shall be responsible for any costs incurred by the Member with respect to any tax audit or tax related administrative or judicial proceeding against any Member, even though it relates to the Company. The Tax Matters Partner shall not compromise any dispute with the Internal Revenue Service except upon a Majority Vote of the Members. The Tax Matters Partner may be replaced upon ninety (90) days notice with the approval by a Majority Vote of the Members.

10.3 Separate Entity. Other than for income tax purposes, the Company shall be deemed an entity separate and distinct from the Members and shall not be deemed to be an aggregation of the Members.

SECTION 11

RESTRICTIVE ENDORSEMENT

11.1 Restriction; Endorsement on Unit of Ownership Certificates. The Members agree not to dispose of or encumber the Units presently owned by each of them in the Company except subject to the terms of this Agreement. Upon the execution of this Agreement, the certificates subject hereto, if any, shall be endorsed as follows:

The Units represented by this certificate are subject to an Agreement restricting the sale of Units of Ownership in this Company. The Agreement provides certain restrictions on the transfer of this certificate which restrictions must be complied with. The aforesaid obligations and the full terms thereof are contained in the Operating Agreement of the Company, a copy of which is on file at the office of the Company and a copy of which will be provided upon written request.

The Members agree that if any certificate, in addition to or in substitution for the certificates of the Units of Ownership of the Company presently owned by them, is issued or reissued, they will cause the Company to place a legend on the certificate similar to the foregoing legend. The Members further agree that any additional Units of Ownership issued by the Company shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 12

ADDITIONAL MEMBERS

The Members, by their unanimous consent, may make a Person a Member by the Company issuing Units for such consideration as the Members by unanimous consent determine. In such event, Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be amended to reflect the issuance of Additional Units and the New Member shall execute such documents as shall be required to reflect its acquisition of Units in the Company and its agreement to be bound by the terms of the Articles and this Agreement.

25

SECTION 13

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

13.1 Dissociation. No Member shall have the right or power to voluntarily withdraw from the Company except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. A Person ceases to be a Member upon the happening of any of the following events:

(a) The withdrawal of a Member, provided the same is consented to by the non-withdrawing Member, (unless all of the other Members have consented to the withdrawal, the withdrawing Member will be liable for damages if the Company is taxed as anything other than a partnership for federal income tax purposes);

(b) The Member makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(c) The Member files a voluntary petition of bankruptcy;

(d) The Member is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(e) The Member files a petition or answer seeking for the Member any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any statue, law or regulation;

(f) The Member files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Member in any proceeding described in Subsection (e);

(g) Any proceeding against the Member seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any statute, law, or regulation, continues for one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof, or the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or liquidator for the Member or all or any substantial part of the Member's properties without the Member's agreement or acquiescence, which appointment is not vacated or stayed for ninety (90) days or, if the appointment is stayed, for ninety (90) days after the expiration of the stay during which period the appointment is not vacated;

(h) In the case of a Member who is acting as a Member by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust (but not merely the substitution of a new trustee);

(i) If the Member is a partnership or limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the partnership or limited liability company; or

(j) In the case of a Member that is a corporation, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter if not reinstated within ninety (90) days.

26

13.2 Rights of Dissociating Member. In the event any Member dissociates prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company:

(a) If the Dissociation causes a dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Member shall be entitled to participate in the winding up of the Company to the same extent as any other Member, except that any Distributions to which the Member would have been entitled shall be reduced by the damages sustained by the Company as a result of the dissolution and winding up; and

(b) If the Dissociation does not cause a dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the dissociated Person shall have no right to compel a liquidation of his Units.

SECTION 14

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

14.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The unanimous written consent of all of the Members;

(b) Any other event causing dissolution of the Company under the Act; or

(c) Upon entry of a decree of judicial dissolution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of VCS, the Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up if the Company is not certified as a Minority Business Enterprise ("MBE") by the North East Ohio Minority Business Development Council ("NEOMBDC") within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date hereof or if the Company ceases to be certified as an MBE by the NEOMBDC (or its successor organization) at any time.

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Dissolution, a certificate of dissolution containing the information required by the Act shall be delivered to the Secretary of State of the State of Ohio for filing. The business of the Company may be continued with the written consent of the remaining Members representing at least two-thirds of the remaining equitable ownership of the Company within seventy-five (75) days after Dissociation.

14.2 Proceeds of Liquidation. The proceeds from liquidation of the rights, property and assets of the Company shall be applied in the following order of priority and, upon the completion of the distribution of such proceeds, the Company shall be deemed to have been entirely terminated:

(a) The satisfaction of any outstanding obligations and liabilities to creditors of the Company who are not Members;

27

(b) Establishment of any reserves which such persons as are supervising and controlling the liquidation of the Company may deem advisable with respect to any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company, such reserves to be maintained in a regular trust account and at the expiration of such reasonable period of time as such persons shall deem advisable the remaining balance in the trust fund shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with the priorities herein provided for;

(c) Payment of any positive cumulative Preferential Cash Balance to VCS;

(d) Payment to the Members of any accrued but unpaid interest on and repayment, if any, of the outstanding principal of any loans made to the Company by the Members hereunder or any other debts of the Company to the Members;

(e) Distribution to the Members of that portion of such property and assets then remaining as will result in a return to each Member of the balance of its Capital Account; if such remaining property and assets are not sufficient to return to the Members the entire amounts of their Capital Accounts, such remaining property and assets shall be distributed between the Members in proportion to their Capital Accounts; and

(f) Distribution of any balance remaining, after deducting the cost of liquidation, to the Members in accordance with their respective unit ownership.

14.3 Deemed Distribution and Recontribution. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, in the event the Company is "liquidated" within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no event described in Sections 14.1 has occurred, the Company shall not be liquidated, the Company's liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Company's affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, the Company shall be deemed to have distributed its assets in kind to the Members, who shall be deemed to have assumed and taken such assets subject to all Company liabilities, all in accordance with their respective Capital Accounts. Immediately thereafter, the Members shall be deemed to have recontributed the assets in kind to the Company, which shall be deemed to have assumed and taken such assets subject to all such liabilities.

14.4 Alternative Distribution Methods. In the discretion of the Members, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the Members pursuant to Section 5 of this Operating Agreement may be:

(a) Distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the Members for the purposes of liquidating Company assets, collecting amounts owed to the Company, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Company or the Members arising out of or in connection with the Company. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the Members from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Members, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Company would otherwise have been distributed to the Members pursuant to this Operating Agreement; or

28

(b) Withheld to provide a reasonable reserve for Company liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Company, provided that such withheld amounts shall be distributed to the Members as soon as practicable.

14.5 Reimbursement of Expenses. Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Members shall be entitled to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the winding up and liquidation of the business carried on by the Company. Such reimbursement shall be paid as an expense of the business carried on by the Company after all liabilities to creditors of the Company (other than any of the Members) have been repaid but prior to any repayments of or distributions to any of the Members.

SECTION 15

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

15.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Articles represent the entire agreement among all the Members regarding the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all agreements previously made between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof unless specifically adopted herein.

15.2 Amendment or Modification of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument approved by the Unanimous Vote of the Members.

15.3 No Partnership Intended for Non-Tax Purposes. The Members have formed the Company pursuant to the Act, and expressly do not intend to form a partnership or a limited partnership. The Members do not intend to be partners one to another, or partners as to any third party. To the extent any Member, by word or action, represents to another person that any other Member is a partner or that the Company is a partnership, the Member making such wrongful representation shall be liable to any other Member who incurs personal liability by reason of such wrongful representation.

15.4 Rights of Creditors and Third Parties under this Agreement. This Agreement is entered into among the Members for the exclusive benefit of the Company, its Members, and their successors and assignees. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other Person. Except and only to the extent provided by applicable statute, no creditor or third party shall have any rights under this Agreement or any agreement between the Company and any Member with respect to any Capital Contribution or otherwise.

15.5 Notice. All notices required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing. Notice to the Company shall be mailed to its principal office or personally delivered to the custodian of the Company's records. Notice to a Member or Assignee shall be mailed or personally delivered to the Member or Assignee at the address on Exhibit A as amended from time to time unless such Member or Assignee has notified the Company in writing of a different address.

29

15.6 Severability. Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any term or provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the legality or validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

15.7 Number and Gender. All provisions and references to gender shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

15.8 Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, every covenant, term and provision of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, all of which shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. Facsimile signatures shall be considered as valid and binding as original signatures for all purposes under this Agreement.

15.10 Ohio Law Controlling. The laws of the State of Ohio, including the Act, shall govern the validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties hereto.

15.11 Representation. Each party hereby represents and covenants that each has had the opportunity to consult with their independent attorney(s) and/or tax advisors prior to the execution of this Agreement.

15.12 Availability of Equitable Remedies. Since a breach of the provisions of this Agreement could not adequately be compensated by money damages, any party shall be entitled, in addition to any other right or remedy available to him, to an injunction restraining such breach or a threatened breach, and to the specific performance of any such provision of this Agreement, and in either case no bond or other security shall be required in connection therewith, and the parties hereby consent to such injunction and to the ordering of specific performance. Therefore, if any party hereto or the personal representatives of a decedent shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions herein, any person (including the Company) against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense therein that such party or such personal representative has or have an adequate remedy at law, and such person shall not urge in any such action or proceeding the claim or defense that such remedy at law exists.

15.13 Necessary Acts. Each of the parties hereto agrees that he will do any act or thing and will execute any and all certificates, instruments or other documents necessary and/or proper to make effective the provisions of this Agreement or as appropriate to comply with the requirements of law for the formation and operation of the Company and to comply with any laws, rules and regulations relating to the acquisition, operation or holding of the property of the Company. The executor or

30

administrator of a deceased Member, or guardian or personal representative of a disabled Member, shall undertake such action in his or her representative capacity for and on behalf of said Member.

15.14 Non-Waiver. No delay or failure by a party to exercise any right under this Agreement, and no partial or single exercise of that right, shall constitute a waiver of that or any other right, unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

15.15 Construction and Interpretation. This Agreement has been drafted jointly and there shall be no presumption of construction against any party. The parties agree that the language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to the fair meaning, not strictly for or against any party.

SECTION 16

ARBITRATION

Any controversy arising under or out of this Agreement shall be submitted to and settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association as administered through the Cleveland, Ohio office. The commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association shall apply and the controversy shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio. The arbitration shall be conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators, one of which shall be chosen by the initiating party, one of which shall be chosen by the responding party and the third of which shall be chosen by the arbitrators chosen by the parties, all of which have extensive experience in the steel industry, in Cleveland, Ohio in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules, as existing as of the time the arbitration is commenced, of the American Arbitration Association. The award rendered by the panel of arbitrators shall be final and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof, including a federal district court, pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. In preparation for the arbitration hearing, each party may utilize all methods of discovery authorized by the Ohio Rules of Civil Procedure, and may enforce the right to such discovery in the manner provided by said Rules. All fees and expenses of the arbitration shall be borne by the parties equally. However, each party shall bear the expense of its own counsel, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentations. Notwithstanding the above, the arbitrators are authorized to award any party such sums as shall be deemed proper for the time, expense, and inconvenience of arbitration, including arbitration fees and attorneys fees. The arbitrators will not have authority, under any circumstances, to award punitive or exemplary damages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first above written.

VALLEY CITY STEEL COMPANY

   /s/ John F. Falcon
------------------------
By:  John F. Falcon
Its: President

31

VIKING STEEL, LLC

  /s/ Patrick James
-----------------------
By:  Patrick James
Its: President and Member

VALLEY CITY STEEL-7779, LLC

  /s/ Patrick James
-----------------------
By:  Patrick James
Its: Chairman

32

Exhibit 10.15

JOINT DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

Purpose of Agreement

The initial purpose of the Joint Development Agreement is to utilize the expertise of Pullman Industries in roll-formed products and Shiloh Industries in steel processing and stamped welded products to develop and market innovative products for OEM customers. Under the terms of this agreement Pullman Industries will be considered the sole source for roll-formed products and Shiloh Industries will be considered the sole source for Engineered Welded Blanks and metallic stamped products unless specifically designated by the OEM. In all instances, each company will endeavor to recommend each other as a supplier of their respective product capabilities.

Customer

Shiloh Industries and Pullman Industries will negotiate on a project by project basis the relationship each other will have to the OEM customer. Generally, this will depend greatly on each company's product content for the project and which of the two companies has the best relationship with the customer. Whenever possible both companies will work with the customer together.

Pricing

For new proposal pricing, Pullman and Shiloh will work together and agree upon pricing for joint development products. Whenever possible Shiloh and Pullman will present one price to the customer.

Statement of Work

For any program under consideration for award both companies will generate a Statement of Work before the customer releases a purchase order. The SOW will outline the responsibilities of each party and the productivity improvement price reductions for each year. Once a SOW is agreed, its terms will prevail over any conflicting provisions of this agreement in connection with all matters pertaining to the specific program for which the SOW was prepared. All new assembly business awarded will be shared by both parties on a (50/50) basis.

Engineering Responsibilities

Shiloh and Pullman shall be responsible for the product design, analysis, program management and production launch costs of the respective components they will supply.

Responsibility for Defective Parts and Warranty

Shiloh and Pullman will jointly investigate potentially defective parts. After completing the investigation, a joint final resolution will be agreed upon and presented to the customer.


Responsibility for Defective Parts and Warranty (continued)

Expenses associated with resolution of the defect will be borne by the company producing it. In the event of a dispute over responsibility, the dispute shall be resolved by the dispute resolution process hereinafter referred to.

Where a customer specifies that the supplier is required to assume warranty obligations, the parties will agree in the SOW on the terms of the warranty to be provided, and on the sharing of the warranty liability between the parties.

Between Shiloh and Pullman, each party's standard product warranty shall apply and, except as specifically provided herein, the exclusive remedy for breach of warranty shall be repair or replacement of any defective part or refund of the purchase price. Except for the reimbursement of out of pocket expenses and the indemnity for warranty costs caused by such party's defective parts, neither party shall be liable to the other for any other kind of damages including incidental and consequential damages.

Exclusivity

In order to encourage the parties to the Agreement to fully cooperate to provide customers integrated roll-formed and stamped assemblies and to achieve the anticipated efficiencies, and other benefits of the alliance, and to prevent any party from taking unfair advantage of the relationship the parties believe the following restrictions are necessary and reasonable.

During the term of the Agreement, with the exception of either a customer directed quote or a (50%) owned entity of Pullman, Pullman agrees to use Shiloh as its exclusive supply for Engineered Welded Blanks and stamped metallic componentry in the global marketplace.

Shiloh agrees that during the term of the Agreement, it will work exclusively with Pullman as its supply for products produced by roll-forming.

For greater certainty nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as prohibiting Pullman or Shiloh from supplying products directly to a motor vehicle manufacturer who determines these products apply only to one company's area of expertise.

Parties to Support and Promote Each Other

Where a customer, who does not source stamped assemblies including roll-formed product as a system, requests Shiloh to quote on the supply of roll-formed parts, Shiloh agrees to actively promote Pullman Industries to the customer to give Pullman the opportunity to supply roll-formed products directly to the customer. Similarly, where such a customer approaches Pullman to quote stamped components and welded blank capabilities, Pullman agrees to actively promote Shiloh's stamped components and welded blank capabilities to the customer to give Shiloh the opportunity to supply stamped assemblies and welded blanks directly to the customer.

Confidentiality

It is agreed that any information provided by one party to the other during the term of the Agreement concerning the provider's business, technology, product and equipment design, manufacturing processes, business systems, suppliers and customers ("Confidential

2

Confidentiality (continued)

Information") shall be treated by the recipient of the information in the strictest of confidence and shall be treated by the recipient in the same way it treats its own confidential proprietary information.

During the term of the Agreement and for a period of one year after termination of the Agreement, the recipient of Confidential Information agrees not to disclose such Confidential Information to anyone other than its officer, employees, agents and consultants who have a need to know the information and not to make any commercial use of the Confidential Information except only to further the objectives of the Agreement. The foregoing shall not apply to information that is known to the recipient at the time of disclosure; information that is publicly known or later made public knowledge through no wrongful act of the recipient; information received from a third party who is not prohibited from transferring the information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation; and information independently developed by the recipient.

Dispute Resolution

It is recognized that the success of the Agreement will depend on mutual trust and each party always dealing with the other in the utmost of good faith. If a dispute shall arise which cannot be resolved at an operational level, that the Presidents of Shiloh and Pullman shall at the call of either President convene a meeting and resolve the dispute to their mutual satisfaction.

Termination of Agreement

The Agreement shall ensure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns. If a party's business focus changes such that it intends not to manufacture products used in the Agreement, then such party may withdraw from the Agreement by giving written notice to the other party; provided, however, that such withdrawing party shall complete the performance of any programs for which it has accepted purchase orders. If a party (i) fails to deliver products to or perform services for the customer at the times and in accordance with purchase orders of the customer or (ii) fails to perform any of its obligations pursuant hereto, then the party shall have a period of (3) months from the giving of the written notice to resolve the issues raised by the notifying party and during the said (3) month period both parties shall use their best good faith efforts to work cooperatively towards a resolution of the issues. If at the end of the (3) month period, the issues raised by the notifying party have not been resolved to the satisfaction of the notifying party, the notifying party may give the other party a further (3) month's notice of its intention to terminate the Agreement effective on the expiry of the second (3) month period. In addition, either party may terminate the Agreement upon written notice of termination if the other party becomes insolvent, makes an assignment in favor of creditors, enters bankruptcy or dissolution procedures sells all or substantially all of its assets to a third party or is acquired or amalgamated with a third party resulting in a change of control.

Continuing Independence of Parties

Each party shall continue to have sole and exclusive responsibility for the management and operation of its business and for the products and services produced by it. In performing its obligation under the Agreement, each party is acting solely as an independent contractor.

3

The foregoing terms set out the fundamental objectives of both parties in entering the Agreement and the basic group rules for getting started. No doubt our day to day operational experience under the Agreement will necessitate flexibility on both of our parts. Will good will on both sides, I am confident the Agreement will prove to be beneficial to both of our organizations. If you are in agreement with the above terms, please so indicate by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter.

By: /s/ John Falcon /Date 6/4/01 By: /s/ Authorized Signatory/Date:6/4/01 Shiloh Industries, Inc. Pullman Industries Inc.

4

Exhibit 10.16


CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of August 11, 2000,

as Amended and Restated as of February 12, 2002,

among

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.,

The Lenders Party Hereto,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent
and Collateral Agent

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agent

and

BANK ONE, MICHIGAN,
as Documentation Agent


J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Lead Arranger and Book Manager



TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I

Definitions

                                                                                                      Page
                                                                                                      ----
SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms ........................................................................   1
               -------------
SECTION 1.02.  Classification of Loans and Borrowings ...............................................  21
               --------------------------------------
SECTION 1.03.  Interpretation; Terms Generally ......................................................  21
               -------------------------------
SECTION 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP ...............................................................  22
               ----------------------

                                       ARTICLE II

                                       The Credits
                                       -----------

SECTION 2.01.  Commitments ..........................................................................  22
               -----------
SECTION 2.02.  Loans and Borrowings .................................................................  22
               --------------------
SECTION 2.03.  Requests for Borrowings ..............................................................  23
               -----------------------
SECTION 2.04.  Swingline Loans ......................................................................  24
               ---------------
SECTION 2.05.  Letters of Credit ....................................................................  25
               -----------------
SECTION 2.06.  Funding of Borrowings ................................................................  29
               ---------------------
SECTION 2.07.  Interest Elections ...................................................................  29
               ------------------
SECTION 2.08.  Termination and Reduction of Commitment ..............................................  31
               ---------------------------------------
SECTION 2.09.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .................................................  31
               ------------------------------------
SECTION 2.10.  Prepayment of Loans ..................................................................  32
               -------------------
SECTION 2.11.  Fees .................................................................................  33
               ----
SECTION 2.12.  Interest .............................................................................  34
               --------
SECTION 2.13.  Alternate Rate of Interest ...........................................................  34
               --------------------------
SECTION 2.14.  Increased Costs ......................................................................  35
               ---------------
SECTION 2.15.  Break Funding Payments ...............................................................  36
               ----------------------
SECTION 2.16.  Taxes ................................................................................  36
               -----
SECTION 2.17.  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment Sharing of Setoffs ............................  37
               ---------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 2.18.  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .......................................  39
               ----------------------------------------------

                                  ARTICLE III

                        Representations and Warranties
                        ------------------------------

SECTION 3.01.  Organization; Powers .................................................................  40
               --------------------
SECTION 3.02.  Authorization; Enforceability ........................................................  40
               -----------------------------
SECTION 3.03.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts .................................................  40
               ---------------------------------------
SECTION 3.04.  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change ......................................  40
               -----------------------------------------------
SECTION 3.05.  Properties ...........................................................................  41
               ----------
SECTION 3.06.  Litigation and Environmental Matters .................................................  42
               ------------------------------------
SECTION 3.07.  Compliance with Laws and Agreements ..................................................  42
               -----------------------------------


SECTION 3.08. Investment and Holding Company Status..................................................  42
               ------------------------------------
SECTION 3.09. Taxes .................................................................................  42
              -----
SECTION 3.10. ERISA..................................................................................  42
              -----
SECTION 3.11. Disclosure.............................................................................  43
              ----------
SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries...........................................................................  43
              ------------
SECTION 3.13. Insurance .............................................................................  43
              ---------
SECTION 3.14. Labor Matters..........................................................................  43
              -------------
SECTION 3.15. Solvency...............................................................................  43
              --------
SECTION 3.16. Senior Indebtedness....................................................................  44
              -------------------
SECTION 3.17. Security Documents.....................................................................  44
              ------------------
SECTION 3.18. Federal Reserve Regulations............................................................  45
              ---------------------------

                                                  ARTICLE IV

                                                  Conditions
                                                  ----------

SECTION 4.01. Closing Date...........................................................................  45
              ------------
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event......................................................................  46
              -----------------

                                                  ARTICLE V

                                            Affirmative Covenants
                                            ---------------------


SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information.............................................  47
              ------------------------------------------
SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events.............................................................  48
              --------------------------
SECTION 5.03. Information Regarding Collateral.......................................................  49
              --------------------------------
SECTION 5.04. Existence; Conduct of Business.........................................................  49
              ------------------------------
SECTION 5.05. Payment of Obligations ................................................................  49
              ----------------------
SECTION 5.06. Maintenance of Properties..............................................................  50
              -------------------------
SECTION 5.07. Insurance..............................................................................  50
              ---------
SECTION 5.08. Casualty and Condemnation..............................................................  50
              -------------------------
SECTION 5.09. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights.........................................  50
              ----------------------------------------------
SECTION 5.10. Compliance with Law ...................................................................  51
              -------------------
SECTION 5.11. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit..................................................  51
              -------------------------------------
SECTION 5.12. Additional Subsidiaries................................................................  51
              -----------------------
SECTION 5.13. Further Assurances ....................................................................  51
              ------------------
SECTION 5.14. Collateral Field Examination...........................................................  52
              ----------------------------
SECTION 5.15. Additional Cash Funding................................................................  52
              -----------------------
SECTION 5.16. Additional Capital Expenditures........................................................  52
              -------------------------------
SECTION 5.17. Deposit Accounts and Lockboxes; Security Agreement.....................................  52
              --------------------------------------------------

                                                  ARTICLE VI

                                              Negative Covenants
                                              ------------------

SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness: Certain Equity Securities................................................  53
              ---------------------------------------
SECTION 6.02. Liens..................................................................................  54
              -----
SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes....................................................................  55
              ------------------
SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions..............................  55
              ---------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 6.05. Asset Sales ...........................................................................  56
              -----------
SECTION 6.06. Sale and Leaseback Transactions........................................................  57
              -------------------------------
SECTION 6.07. Hedging Agreements.....................................................................  58
              ------------------
SECTION 6.08. Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness..................................  58
              -----------------------------------------------------
SECTION 6.09. Transactions with Affiliates...........................................................  59
              ----------------------------


SECTION 6.10. Restrictive Agreements.................................................................  59
              ----------------------
SECTION 6.11. Amendment of Material Documents........................................................  59
              -------------------------------
SECTION 6.12. Minimum Consolidated EBITDA............................................................  60
              ---------------------------
SECTION 6.13. Minimum Coverage Ratio.................................................................  60
              ----------------------
SECTION 6.14. Senior Leverage Ratio..................................................................  61
              ---------------------
SECTION 6.15. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth........................................................  61
              -------------------------------
SECTION 6.16. Capital Expenditures...................................................................  62
              --------------------
SECTION 6.17. Designated Senior Indebtedness.........................................................  62
              ------------------------------

                                  ARTICLE VII

Events of Default ...................................................................................  63
-----------------

                                 ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent.............................................................................  65
------------------------

                                  ARTICLE IX

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

SECTION 9.01. Notices................................................................................  67
              -------
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments....................................................................  68
              -------------------
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.....................................................  69
              ----------------------------------
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns.................................................................  70
              ----------------------
SECTION 9.05. Survival...............................................................................  73
              --------
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness...............................................  73
              ----------------------------------------
SECTION 9.07. Severability...........................................................................  74
              ------------
SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff........................................................................  74
              ---------------
SECTION 9.09. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS.............................  74
              ----------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...................................................................  75
              --------------------
SECTION 9.11. Headings...............................................................................  75
              --------
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality........................................................................  75
              ---------------
SECTION 9.13. Interest Rate Limitation...............................................................  76
              ------------------------

SCHEDULES:

Schedule 1.01(a) -- Existing Letters of Credit Schedule 1.01(b) -- Mortgaged Properties Schedule 1.01(c) -- Specified Lines

Schedule 2.01    -- Lenders and Commitments
Schedule 3.05    -- Owned and Leased Real Property
Schedule 3.06    -- Disclosed Matters
Schedule 3.12    -- Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.13    -- Insurance Policies
Schedule 4.01    -- Effective Date Additional Cash Funding Transactions
Schedule 6.01    -- Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02    -- Existing Liens
Schedule 6.04    -- Existing Investments
Schedule 6.10    -- Existing Restrictions

EXHIBITS:
--------

Exhibit A --  Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B    --    Form of Opinion of Wegman, Hessler, Vanderburg & O'Toole
Exhibit C    --    Form of Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit D    --    Form of Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement
Exhibit E    --    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit F    --    Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit G    --    ACF Note Interest Payment Test

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of August 11, 2000, as

amended and restated as of February 12, 2002, among SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the LENDERS party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agent and BANK ONE, MICHIGAN, as Documentation Agent.

The Borrower desires to amend and restate the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement dated as of August 11, 2000, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of May 10, 2001 (the "Original Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, the Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, KeyBank National Association, as Syndication Agent, and Bank One, Michigan, as Documentation Agent. The Required Lenders are willing so to amend the Original Credit Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

"ABR" when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to

whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

"ACF Notes" means two 9% promissory notes due May 1, 2004, in an aggregate principal amount of $460,000, issued by the Borrower, the terms and conditions of which will be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, including terms and conditions relating to interest rates, subordination, payment provisions, covenants, events of default and remedies. It is understood and agreed that, in any event, the ACF Notes will be subordinated to the Obligations and all interest payable in respect thereof will be payable solely in-kind, provided, however, that (x) following the one year anniversary of the date of any such issuance and prior to November 1, 2003, any interest then due and payable may be paid in cash if Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve month period ending immediately prior to the month in which any such payment is due is greater than the amount set forth on Exhibit G for such month and (y) on or after November 1, 2003, any interest then due and payable may be paid in cash if the Borrower has satisfied the twelve month Consolidated EBITDA test referred to above for each month during the Borrower's fiscal quarter ending October 31, 2003.

"Additional Cash Funding" means cash obtained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from one or more of the following transactions, (i) Specified Lines Sale, (ii) the issuance of the ACF Notes, (iii) Specified Government Financings,
(iv) Specified Equipment Financings, (v) the Canton Die Liquidation, (vi) Specified Tandem Line

Leases, (vii) Specified Vendor Financings and (viii) the Ford Accounts Receivable Acceleration Program.

"Adjusted LIB0 Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIB0 Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

"Administrative Agent" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

"Administrative Questionnaire" means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

"AG Simpson" means AG Simpson (Tennessee) Inc.

"Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

"Amendment Effective Date" means May 10, 200l.

"Amendment Fee" means an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Lenders executing this Agreement, which amount shall not be payable by the Borrower unless and until this Agreement becomes effective.

"Applicable Percentage" means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender's Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

"Applicable Rate" means, for any day with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan, or with respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption "ABR Spread", "Eurodollar Spread" or "Commitment Fee Rate", as the case may be, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the Borrower's most recently completed fiscal quarter, provided that until the delivery to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 5.01(b) of the Borrower's consolidated financial statements for the Borrower's first full fiscal quarter ending January 31, 2003, the "Applicable Rate" shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth in Category 1.

=========================================================================================================
                                               Applicable Rate
=========================================================================================================
                                                         ABR          Eurodollar     Commitment Fee
                                                         ---          ----------     --------------
        Total Leverage Ratio:                           Spread          Spread           Rate
        ---------------------                           ------          ------           ----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Category 1
             ----------
Total Leverage Ratio of greater than or
        equal to 6.50 to 1.0                            3.00%             4.00%            0.500%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Category 2
             ----------
Total Leverage Ratio of less than 6.50
     to 1.0 but greater than or equal to
              5.00 to 1.0                               2.75%              3.75%           0.500%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Category 3
             ----------
Total Leverage Ratio of less than 5.00
     to 1.0 but greater than or equal to
              4.00 to 1.0                               2.50%              3.50%           0.500%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Category 4
             ----------
Total Leverage  Ratio of less than 4.00
     to 1.0 but greater than or equal to
              3.50 to 1.0                               2.25%              3.25%           0.500%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Category 5
             ----------
Total Leverage Ratio of less than 3.50
      to 1.0 but greater than or equal
              2.75 to 1.0                               2.00%              3.00%           0.500%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             Category 6
             ----------
Total Leverage Ratio of less than 2.75
               to 1.0                                   1.50%              2.50%           0.375%
=========================================================================================================

For purposes of the foregoing, (a) the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined as of the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower's fiscal year based upon the Borrower's consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and (b) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the third day after the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided that the Total Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 (i) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (ii) if the Borrower fails to deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements are delivered.

"Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

"Availability Period" means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

"Bankruptcy Code" means Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

"Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

"Borrower" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory statement hereto.

"Borrowing" means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

"Borrowing, Request" means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed, provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

"Canton Die Liquidation" means the proceeds, net of accounts payable and related financings, from the liquidation of the accounts receivable and inventory related to the Greenfield Die & Manufacturing Corp. (Tooling Division) for cash, as identified in the E&Y Report and described at the Bank Meeting held on January 17, 2002, in Cleveland, Ohio.

"Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, without duplication, (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries during such period and (c) all expenditures of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries included in, and made in accordance with, any Capital Expenditures Plan regardless of whether such expenditures would constitute a capital expenditure in accordance with GAAP.

"Capital Expenditures Plan" means, collectively, (a) the capital expenditures plan of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2002, and (b) the capital expenditures plan of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2003.

"Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the Closing Date), other than MTD, of Equity

Interests representing more than 20% of either the aggregate ordinary voting power or the aggregate equity value represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) members of the Board of Directors as of the Closing Date or nominated by the current Board of Directors nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower by any Person or group, other than MTD; or (d) the occurrence of a change in control (or similar event, however denominated) with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any agreement or instrument in respect of Material Indebtedness.

"Change in Law" means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

"Class" when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

"Closing Date" means August 11, 2000.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time

to time.

"Collateral" means any and all "Collateral", as defined in any applicable Security Document.

"Collateral Agent" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Lenders hereunder.

"Collateral and Guarantee Requirement" means the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received either (i) a counterpart from each Loan Party thereto of each of (A) the Guarantee Agreement, (B) the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement,
(C) the Pledge Agreement and (D) the Security Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party or (ii) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date, a supplement from such Person to each of the Guarantee Agreement, the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement, in each case in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Loan Party;

(b) to the extent not already delivered to the Administrative Agent within 45 days following the Amendment Effective Date, all outstanding Equity Interests, if any, of each Subsidiary (other than Shiloh of Michigan, LLC, until it becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) owned by


or on behalf of any Loan Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement (except that the Loan Parties shall not be required to pledge more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of any greater percentage could result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any Subsidiary) and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(c) to the extent not already delivered to the Administrative Agent within 45 days following the Amendment Effective Date, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and each Subsidiary (other than Shiloh of Michigan, LLC, until it becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) that is owing to any Loan Party, if any, shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall have been pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

(d) all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Agreement and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Agreement, shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording; and

(e) each Loan Party shall have obtained all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution and delivery of all Security Documents to which it is a party, the performance of its obligations thereunder and the granting by it of the Liens thereunder.

"Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender's Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender's Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders' Commitments is 300,000,000.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the interest expense both expensed and capitalized (including imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and interest under "synthetic" leases) accrued by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (i) consolidated interest expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period,
(iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation and amortization for such period,
(iv) any extraordinary or unusual non-cash charges for such period, (v) any Excluded Charges for such period, (vi) all payments made in respect of operating leases (including "synthetic" leases and leases relating to sale and leaseback transactions) that constitute Capital Expenditures and that are made in accordance with Section 6.16 during such period, (vii) non-cash charges for such period resulting from changes in GAAP, (viii) non-cash restructuring charges for such period in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement, (ix) non-cash losses resulting from the operating results of VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company) during such period, (x) fees payable (A) to Ernst & Young Corporation LLC, as financial advisor to the Borrower, during such period and (B) in respect of the amendment and restatement of this Agreement during such period and (xi) price reductions made in accordance with the Manufacturing Supply Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 during any fiscal year of the Borrower, and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, any extraordinary gains for such period all determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. If the Borrower or any Subsidiary has made any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets outside of the ordinary course of business permitted by Section 6.05 during the relevant period for determining Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated EBITDA, for purposes of Section 6.14, for the relevant period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets (and any related incurrence, repayment or assumption of Indebtedness) had occurred on the first day of the relevant period for determining Consolidated EBITDA.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income or loss of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, provided that (a) the net income (or loss) of any non-wholly owned Subsidiary shall only be included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income to the extent that it is attributable to the Borrower based upon the percentage of the Borrower's Equity Interest, direct or indirect, in such non-wholly owned Subsidiary and (b) there shall be excluded from the determination of Consolidated Net Income (i) the income of any Person (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary) in which any other Person (other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any director holding qualifying shares in compliance with applicable law) owns an Equity Interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries during such period, and (ii) the income or loss of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the date that such Person's assets are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

"Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, at any date, the excess of total assets over total liabilities of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of such date determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, however, (A) from the determination of total assets (i) goodwill, organizational expenses, research and development expenses, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent applications, licenses and rights if any in respect thereof, and other similar intangibles and (ii) any items not included in clause (i) above which are treated as intangibles in

conformity with GAAP and (B) the effect of (w) the ACF Notes, (x) non-cash charges resulting from changes in GAAP after the Effective Date, (y) non-cash restructuring charges in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 during the term of this Agreement and (z) price reductions made in accordance with the Manufacturing Supply Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $750,000 during any fiscal year of the Borrower.

"Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms "Controlling" and "Controlled" have meanings correlative thereto.

"Default" means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

"Dickson Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Borrower of the Dickson Facility pursuant to the terms of the Dickson Asset Purchase Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Dickson Purchase Price.

"Dickson Asset Purchase Agreement" means the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 18, 2000, between Shiloh Industries, Inc. Dickson Manufacturing Division (a Subsidiary of the Borrower) and AG Simpson.

"Dickson Facility" means the facility of AG Simpson located at One Simpson Boulevard, Dickson, Tennessee 37055.

"Dickson Purchase Price " means an aggregate cash amount of $47,919,500 (subject to certain purchase price adjustments in accordance with the Dickson Asset Purchase Agreement).

"Disclosed Matters" means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06.

"Dollars" or "$" refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

"Effective Date" means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

"Environmental Laws" means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the presence, management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

"Environmental Liability" means any liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgements or orders, contingent or otherwise (including any costs of environmental investigation and remediation, costs of administrative oversight, fines, natural resource damages, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or relating to (a) the compliance or non-

compliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) any actual or alleged exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"Equity Interests" means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person and any options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Equity Interests.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA Event" means (a) any "reportable event", as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in
Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan;
(e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator appointed by the PBGC of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan subject to
Section 4063 of ERISA or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

"E&Y Report" means the Confidential Report to Shiloh Industries, Inc., dated December 28, 2001, of Ernst & Young Corporate Finance LLC, as amended by the Addendum, dated January 7, 2002, to such Report.

"Eurodollar", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIB0 Rate.

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

"Excluded Charges" means (a) the non-recurring charges incurred in respect of the acquisition of MTD's automotive group on November 1, 1999, provided that such charges shall not exceed $1,100,000 and (b) the non-recurring charges incurred

in respect of the Dickson Acquisition, provided that such charges shall not exceed $1,200,000.

"Excluded Taxes" means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) above and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any withholding tax that (i) is in effect and would apply to amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), other than any withholding tax imposed on any payment by the Borrower to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, as the case may be) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment, as the case may be), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to any withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a), or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.16(e).

"Existing Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement dated as of September 13, 1999, among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto and the agent banks party thereto.

"Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness" means all principal, interest, fees and other amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.

"Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit issued under the Existing Credit Agreement and outstanding as of the Closing Date, which are listed on Schedule 1.01(a).

"Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

"Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Financial Officer" means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

"Ford Accounts Receivable Acceleration Program" means acceleration of the payment for settlement of accounts receivable owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of inventory sold by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Ford

Motor Company and its Affiliates, as identified in the E&Y Report and described at the Bank Meeting held on January 17, 2002, in Cleveland, Ohio.

"Foreign Lender" means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

"Funding Period" means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date that is 90 days thereafter.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United

States of America.

"Governmental Authority" means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

"Guarantee" of or by any Person (the "guarantor") means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect,
(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation, provided that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

"Guarantee Agreement" means the Guarantee Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, made by the Subsidiary Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"Hazardous Materials" means all explosive, radioactive, hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

"Hedging Agreement" means any derivative or similar agreement or arrangement, including any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange

agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments (other than performance, surety and appeal bonds arising in the ordinary course of business), (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed (other than Indebtedness secured by a Lien created in connection with the Specified Asset Sale of VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company), provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not exceed $10,000,000), (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers' acceptances. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

"Indemnified Taxes" means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

"Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement" means the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent.

"Information Memorandum" means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated July, 2000, relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.

"Interest Election Request" means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

"Interest Payment Date" means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each calendar month, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than one month's duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of one month's duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

"Interest Period" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically

corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or nine or twelve, unless rejected by any Lender at the time of any such election (and, if so rejected by any Lender, six)) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect, provided, that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

"Issuing Bank" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term "Issuing Bank" shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. In the event that there is more than one Issuing Bank at any time, references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to refer to the Issuing Bank in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Issuing Banks, as the context requires. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each institution listed in Schedule 1.01(a) shall be deemed to be an Issuing Bank with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit issued by it.

"Joint Venture" means any corporation, partnership or other legal entity or arrangement in which the Borrower has any direct or indirect equity interest and that is not a Subsidiary.

"LC Disbursement" means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

"LC Exposure" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

"Lender Affiliate" means, (a) with respect to any Lender, (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

"Lenders" means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and

Acceptance. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Lenders" includes the Swingline Lender.

"Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement. Each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued hereunder on the Closing Date for all purposes of the Loan Documents.

"LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Market Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in Dollars in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in Dollars with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in Dollars of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of

trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement and the other Security Documents.

"Loan Parties" means the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

"Loans" means the Revolving Loans or the Swingline Loans, as the context requires.

"Manufacturing Supply Agreement" means the manufacturing supply agreement, as described in Schedule 1.01(c), entered into between the Borrower and the purchaser of the Specified Lines in connection with the Specified Lines Sale and relating to the sale of products produced by the Borrower using the Specified Lines and sold to such purchaser, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, properties, assets, financial condition, contingent liabilities, prospects or material agreements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Loan Party to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document.

"Material Indebtedness" means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the "principal amount" of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

""Maturity Date" means April 30,2004, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

"MBE" means Valley City Steel, LLC.

"Minimum Coverage Ratio" means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense.

""Moody's"" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Mortgage" means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents, leasehold mortgage or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations. Each Mortgage shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent.

"Mortgaged Property" means, initially, each parcel of real property and the improvements thereto owned by a Loan Party and identified on Schedule 1.01(b), and includes each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 5.12 or 5.13.

"MTD" means MTD Products Inc.

"Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001 (a)(3) of ERISA as to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has any obligation or liability (contingent or otherwise).

"Net Proceeds" means, with respect to any Prepayment Event (a) the sum of(i) the cash consideration received by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries at the time of such transaction plus (ii) the present value of any notes or deferred payment obligations (including lease payment obligations) received directly or indirectly in connection with such transaction minus (b) the present value of disposition fees paid or to be paid in connection with such transaction.

"Obligations" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

"Original Credit Agreement" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.

"Other Taxes" means any and all present or future recording, stamp, documentary, excise, transfer, sales, property or similar taxes, charges or levies arising from

any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and

defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

"Perfection Certificate" means a certificate in the form of Annex I to the Security Agreement or any other form approved by the Collateral Agent.

"Permitted Encumbrances" means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes or other governmental charges that are not yet due and payable or are being contested in compliance with
Section 5.05;

(b) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05;

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; and

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

provided that the term "Permitted Encumbrances" shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

"Permitted Investments" means:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full1 faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year horn the date of acquisition thereof

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody's;


(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $.500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above; and

(e) investments in money market funds substantially all the assets of which are comprised of securities of the type described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

"Person" means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

"Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multi-

employer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 4 12 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

"Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or, in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, a pledge agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent).

"Prepayment Event" means any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of any assets of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, other than (a) in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary (including any bulk sales of inventory), (b) in connection with sale and leaseback transactions involving assets acquired after the Effective Date in connection with any Additional Cash Funding or as part of any Capital Expenditures permitted under Section 6.16 and (c) in connection with the Specified Asset Sales in respect of VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company) and the Greenfeild Die & Manufacturing Corp. (Tooling Division), which shall be subject to Section 6.05(c).

"Prime Rate" means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

"Register" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

"Related Parties" means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person's Affiliates and, if applicable, Lender Affiliate and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

"Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the

environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or within any building, structure, facility or future.

"Required Lenders" means, at any time, Lenders having Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.

"Restricted Payment" means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancelation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

"Revolving Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.0 1.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service.

"Secured Parties" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

""Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

"Security Documents" means the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Guarantee Agreement, the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.12, Section 5.13 or clause (b) or (c) of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to secure any of the Obligations.

"Senior Leverage Ratio" means, on any date, the ratio of (a) the aggregate Exposure (excluding LC Exposure) of the Lenders as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, ended on the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended prior to such date).

"Senior Subordinated Notes" means the senior subordinated notes in an aggregate principal amount of up to $200,000,000 to be issued by the Borrower pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Documents.

"Specified Asset Sale Amount" means (a) prior to Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C. becoming a wholly owned Subsidiary and a Subsidiary Loan Party, the aggregate amount of(i) cash consideration plus (ii) any notes or other deferred payment obligations received directly or indirectly in respect of the Specified Asset Sales ("Specified Consideration") and (b) after Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C. becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary and a Subsidiary Loan Party, the greater of(x) the Specified Consideration less the Specified Michigan Value and (y) zero.

"Specified Asset Sales" means sales or other dispositions by the Borrower of(i) all of the assets or stock of (a) C&H Design Company and (b) VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company) and (ii) the equipment or property of Greenfield Die & Manufacturing Corp. (Tooling Division).

"Specified Equipment Financings" means certain capital lease financings not in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate, as identified in the E&Y Report and described at the Bank Meeting held on January 17,2002, in Cleveland, Ohio.

"Specified Government Financing" means any loan or other form of financing received by the Borrower from the State of Ohio, the Economic Development Corporation of Canada or other similar issuers, in each case for the purposes identified in the E&Y Report and described at the Bank Meeting held on January 17,2002, in Cleveland, Ohio.

"Specified Lines" means the assets set forth on Schedule 1.01(c).

"Specified Lines Sale" means the sale of the Specified Lines for aggregate cash consideration of not less than $6,540,600 (plus the payment of an additional $1,OOO,OOO for future services to be performed by the Borrower related to the Specified Lines) pursuant to a purchase agreement containing terms and conditions set forth on Schedule 1 .O 1(c) and others reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, including those relating to representations, warranties, indemnification and closing conditions.

"Specified Michigan Value" means the fair value of the assets of Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C. as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Borrower at the time Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C. becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party.

"Specified Tandem Line Leases" means the lease by the Borrower of certain assets relating to the automation of the Borrower's Tandem Line, as identified in the E&Y Report and described at the Bank Meeting held on January 17, 2002, in Cleveland, Ohio.

"Specified Vendor Financings" means certain vendor or customer financing of tooling equipment, as identified in the E&Y Report and described a the Bank Meeting held on January 17, 2002, in Cleveland, Ohio.

"Statutory Reserve Rate" means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIB0 Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

"Subordinated Debt" means the Senior Subordinated Notes, the related Guarantees thereunder and the Indebtedness represented thereby, provided that
(i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the issuance of such Subordinated Debt and after giving effect thereto,
(ii) the terms and conditions of the Subordinated Debt (including but not limited to, as applicable, terms and conditions relating to the fees, amortization, maturity, redemption, subordination, covenants, events of default and remedies) shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to the Administrative Agent and (iii) the net proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Notes shall be applied as specified in Section 2.10(c).

"Subordinated Debt Documents" means the indenture under which the Subordinated Debt is to be issued and all other instruments, agreements and other documents evidencing or governing the Subordinated Debt or providing for any Guarantee or other right in respect thereof.

"subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person (the "parent") at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

"Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

"Subsidiary Loan Party" means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, except Shiloh of Michigan, L.L.C. until it becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary.

"Swingline Exposure" means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

"Swingline Lender" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

"Swingline Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

"Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

"Test Period" means, for any determination made on a specific date, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower most recently ended as of such date (taken as one accounting period).

"Total Indebtedness" means, as of any date of determination, without duplication, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance

with GAAP (other than the Indebtedness of the type referred to in clause (i) of the definition of the term "Indebtedness", except to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder).

"Total Leverage Ratio" means, on any date, the ratio of (a) Total Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on such date (or, if such date is not the last day of a fiscal quarter, ended on the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended prior to such date).

"Transactions" means the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

"Type", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to

whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO0 Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

"Withdrawal Liability" means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a

"Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by Class and Type

(e.g., an "ABR " Revolving Loan). Borrowings also may be classified and referred

to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar

Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., an "ABR Revolving Borrowing").

SECTION 1.03. Interpretation; Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall". Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein),
(b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein", "hereof' and "hereunder", and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) any transaction entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the purpose of which is to reduce state, county or local taxes, pursuant to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) purchases bonds from a state, county or local Governmental Authority, (ii) sells title to real property to such Governmental Authority for consideration equal to the aggregate principal amount of such bonds and (iii) leases such real property from such Governmental Authority, with the lease payments thereunder being no more than the amounts owed by such Governmental Authority to the Borrower or any Subsidiary under such bonds, shall

be deemed to not have occurred for purposes of this Agreement and (f) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time, provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in such Lender's Exposure exceeding such Lender's Commitment. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder, provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender's failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith, provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during the first 90 days following the Closing Date, only ABR Borrowings and Eurodollar Borrowings with an Interest Period of one month will be made. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Revolving


Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000, provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $100,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time, provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing, provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

(v) the location and number of the Borrower's account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender's Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.


SECTION 2.04. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period (other than on the Closing Date), in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $15,000,000 or (ii) the sum of the total Exposures exceeding the total Commitments, provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this

paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period and prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain
Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank's standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $15,000,000 and (ii) the total Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by its terms on an earlier date. Each Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of 12 months or less (but not beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date) unless the Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the

foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. All payments with respect to an LC Disbursement made pursuant to this paragraph shall be made in Dollars.

(e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt, provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower's obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender's Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. All payments with respect to an LC Disbursement made pursuant to this paragraph shall be made in Dollars.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower's obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this

26

Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or
(iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower's obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank, provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank's failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder, provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans, provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the

Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Replacement of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to
Section 2.11(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term "Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. Each such deposit pursuant to this paragraph or Section 2.10(b) shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower's risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account and shall be the Borrower's property held by the Collateral Agent for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposures representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), shall be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of

the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits on account of such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.10(b), such amount plus any accrued interest or realized profits on account of such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.10(b) and no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

SECTION 2.06. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders, provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at
(i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender's Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.07. Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 and paragraph (f) of this Section:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period".

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.08. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments, provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the sum of the Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section, or any required reduction of the Commitments under paragraph (d) of this Section, at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable, provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

(d) Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

SECTION 2.09. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan of such Lender on the Maturity Date and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the Maturity Date, provided that (A) on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made and (B) if requested by the Swingline Lender, on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender's share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein, provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.10. Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without penalty, subject to the requirements of this Section and
Section 2.15.

(b) In the event that and on each occasion on which the total Exposure exceeds the total Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

(c) In the event that and on the occasion on which the Borrower issues or incurs Subordinated Debt, the Borrower shall, upon such issuance or incurrence, prepay Loans in an aggregate amount equal to the net proceeds of such Subordinated Debt.

(d) Not more than three Business Days after the occurrence of a Prepayment Event, the Borrower or its Subsidiary shall prepay Revolving Loans (with a corresponding reduction of the Commitments) in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such Prepayment Event.

(e) Prior to any optional or mandatory prepayment of Borrowings hereunder, the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section.

(f) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment, provided that, if a notice of optional prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of

an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.

SECTION 2.11. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the average daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate as interest on Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender's LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender's Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and
(ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank's standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation


fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.12. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2.00% plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments, provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO0 Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.13. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIB0 Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;


then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

SECTION 2.14. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Banks holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such


Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.15. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(d) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIB0 Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.16. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions
(including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section)
the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.


(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, provided that such Foreign Lender has received written notice from the Borrower advising it of the availability of such exemption or reduction and supplying all applicable documentation.

SECTION 2.17. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case

of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in Dollars.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and
(ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.


(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

SECTION 2.18. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank that:

SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party are within such Loan Party's corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower or such Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by or before, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the terms of the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, except Liens created under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1999, reported on by independent public accountants, (ii) as of and for each fiscal quarter after October 31, 1999, and ended 30 days before the Closing Date, certified by its chief financial officer and (iii) each fiscal month after the most recent 2000 fiscal quarter for which financial statements were received by the Lenders as described above and ended 30 days before the Closing Date, certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to

year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) above.

(b) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of the Closing Date, prepared giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred on such date. Such pro forma consolidated balance sheet (i) has been prepared in good faith based on the same assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial statements included in the Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by the Borrower to be reasonable), (ii) is based on the best information available to the Borrower after due inquiry, (iii) accurately reflects all adjustments necessary to give effect to the Transactions and (iv) presents fairly, in all material respects, the pro forma financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, as if the Transactions had occurred on such date (it being understood that such pro forma consolidated balance sheet does not constitute a guarantee of performance).

(c) Except as disclosed in the financial statements referred to above or the notes thereto or in the Information Memorandum and except for the Disclosed Matters, after giving effect to the Transactions, none of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries has, as of the Closing Date, any material contingent liabilities, unusual long-term commitments or material unrealized losses.

(d) There has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, financial condition, contingent liabilities, prospects or material agreements of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole since October 31, 1999.

SECTION 3.05. Properties. (a) Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business (including its Mortgaged Properties), except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Schedule 3.05 sets forth the address of each real property that is owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions that occur on the Closing Date.

(d) As of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries has received notice of, or has knowledge of, any pending or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any Mortgaged Property or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation. Neither any Mortgaged Property nor any interest therein is subject to any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to purchase such Mortgaged Property or interest therein.


SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve any of the Loan Documents or the Transactions.

(b) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(c) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 3.08. Investment and Holding Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

SECTION 3.09. Taxes. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $5,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial

statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $5,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

SECTION 3.11. Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to any of them that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Information Memorandum any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.12 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of the Borrower in, each Subsidiary and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Loan Party, in each case as of the Closing Date. The ownership interests so indicated on Schedule 3.12 are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned, as of the Closing Date, by the Borrower.

SECTION 3.13. Insurance. Schedule 3.13 sets forth a description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, all premiums in respect of such insurance have been paid. The Borrower believes that the insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries is adequate.

SECTION 3.14. Labor Matters. As of the Closing Date, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have not been in violation in any material respect of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters. All payments due from the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such Subsidiary. The consummation of the Transactions will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is bound.

SECTION 3.15. Solvency. Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, (a) the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become

absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.

SECTION 3.16. Senior Indebtedness. To the extent any Subordinated Debt is outstanding, the Obligations constitute "Senior Indebtedness" under and as defined in the Subordinated Debt Documents.

SECTION 3.17. Security Documents. (a) To the extent the Pledge Agreement has been entered into, it is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in such Pledge Agreement) and, when such Collateral is delivered to the Collateral Agent, such Pledge Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the pledgor thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person.

(b) The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) and, when financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate, the Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in such Collateral (other than the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Security Agreement)), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.

(c) When the Security Agreement (or a summary thereof) is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Closing Date), other than with respect to Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

(d) The Mortgages are effective to create, subject to the exceptions listed in each title insurance policy covering such Mortgage, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on all of the Loan Parties' right, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Properties thereunder and the proceeds thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 1.01(b), the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, other than with respect to the rights of Persons pursuant to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02.


SECTION 3.18. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation T, U or X.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01. Closing Date. The amendments to the Original Credit Agreements effected hereby and the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower and the Required Lenders either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower either (i) a counterpart of the Security Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of the Security Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of the Security Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a true and complete copy of the Capital Expenditures Plan for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2002, as certified by the Borrower's Chief Financial Officer, which Capital Expenditures Plan shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) The Borrower shall have received not less than $12,340,000 in aggregate gross cash proceeds from the Additional Cash Funding transactions set forth on Schedule 4.01.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including the Amendment Fee, and to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

(f) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower (i) to the extent not already delivered to the Administrative Agent, all


outstanding Equity Interests, if any, of each Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party and required to be pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, including any Equity Interests distributed or issued in respect of or in exchange for (as result of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) Equity Interests previously pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank and (ii) to the extent not already delivered to the Administrative Agent, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and each Subsidiary that is owing to any Loan Party, if any, required to be pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, together with instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower all documentation in respect of the Ford Accounts Receivable Acceleration Program, in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower
(i) an executed perfection certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) a certificate of the Borrower's chief financial officer certifying that (A) the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Effective Date except to the extent a representation or warranty relates to a specific earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on such date and (B) to the best knowledge of such chief financial officer after reasonable investigation the information contained in the E&Y Report is true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Original Credit Agreement shall remain in effect without giving effect to any amendments thereto contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable except to the extent a representation or warranty relates to a specific earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on such date.

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.


Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders and the Issuing Bank that:

SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a "going concern" or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) within 30 days after the end of each of the first two fiscal months of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, its (i) summary balance sheet and related statement of income as of the end of and for such fiscal month and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year and (ii) summary statement of cash flows for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year;

(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a), (b) or (c) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto,


(ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15 and 6.16 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the Borrower's audited financial statements referred to in
Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(e) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);

(f) at least 30 days prior to the commencement of each fiscal year thereafter, a detailed consolidated budget for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budget;

(g) not later than August 31, 2002, a Capital Expenditures Plan for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2003, which Capital Expenditures Plan shall be (x) no less detailed than the Capital Expenditure Plan for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2002, and (y) otherwise shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders;

(h) within 5 days after the end of each fiscal month of the Borrower, a report setting forth the cash flow projections for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the 13 week period following the date of such report;

(i) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be; and

(j) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;


(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $5,000,000; and

(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03. Information Regarding Collateral. (a) The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party's corporate name or in any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties, (ii) in the location of any Loan Party's chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility),
(iii) in any Loan Party's identity or corporate structure or (iv) in any Loan Party's Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. The Borrower agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Administrative Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Borrower also agrees promptly to notify the Administrative Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.

(b) Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to clause (a) of Section 5.01, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer and the chief legal officer of the Borrower (i) setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section and (ii) certifying that all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, including all refilings, rerecordings and reregistrations, containing a description of the Collateral have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (i) above to the extent necessary to protect and perfect the security interests under the Security Agreement for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period).

SECTION 5.04. Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew or replace and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business, provided that the foregoing shall not

prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under
Section 6.03.

SECTION 5.05. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, pay its Indebtedness and other obligations, including Tax liabilities, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (c) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation and (d) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.06. Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

SECTION 5.07. Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, maintain insurance with respect to its material properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons. Such insurance shall be maintained with financially sound and reputable insurers, except that a portion of such insurance program (not to exceed that which is customary in the case of companies engaged in the same or similar business or having similar properties similarly situated) may be effected through self-insurance, provided adequate reserves therefor, in accordance with GAAP, are maintained. All insurance policies or certificates (or certified copies thereof) with respect to such insurance (A) shall be endorsed to the Collateral Agent's reasonable satisfaction for the benefit of the Lenders (including, without limitation, by naming the Collateral Agent as loss payee or additional insured, as appropriate); and (B) shall state that such insurance policy shall not be canceled or revised without thirty days' prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Administrative Agent and (iii) furnish to the Administrative Agent, on the Closing Date and on the date of delivery of each annual financial statement, full information as to the insurance carried. At any time that insurance at levels described in Schedule 3.13 is not being maintained by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, the Borrower will notify the Lenders in writing within two Business Days thereof and, if thereafter notified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to do so, the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall obtain insurance at such levels at least equal to those set forth on Schedule 3.13, provided that such insurance can be obtained at commercially reasonable rates.

SECTION 5.08. Casualty and Condemnation. The Borrower (a) will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any material portion of any Collateral or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the taking of any Collateral or any part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding and (b) will ensure that the net proceeds of any such event (whether in the form of insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or otherwise) are collected and applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Security Documents.

SECTION 5.09. Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and

account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

SECTION 5.10. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.11. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. (a) The proceeds of Loans will be used by the Borrower (i) if and when the Dickson Acquisition is consummated, to pay the Dickson Purchase Price, (ii) on the Closing Date to repay the Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness and (iii) to pay fees and expenses of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. The balance of Loans not used as described above will be used by the Borrower for general corporate purposes.

(b) Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower for ordinary course purposes.

(c) No part of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

SECTION 5.12. Additional Subsidiaries. If any additional wholly owned Subsidiary is formed or acquired or if any non-wholly owned Subsidiary or Joint Venture that is not a Subsidiary Loan Party becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the Borrower will, within three Business Days after such Subsidiary is formed or acquired or such non-wholly owned Subsidiary or Joint Venture becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary, notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof and cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied with respect to such Subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party.

SECTION 5.13. Further Assurances. (a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Borrower also agrees to provide to the Administrative Agent, from time to time upon request, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

(b) If any material assets are acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date (other than (i) real property and
(ii) assets constituting


Collateral under the Security Agreement that become subject to the Lien of the Security Agreement upon acquisition thereof), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take, and cause the Subsidiary Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.

(c) Within 90 days following the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 6.02, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, and (iii) such abstracts, appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property.

SECTION 5.14. Collateral Field Examination. The Borrower shall cooperate with and provide assistance to the Administrative Agent in its performance of a collateral field examination with respect to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including an examination of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, accounting policies and procedures and such other aspects of the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request). No later than five days after written demand therefore, the Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates in connection with such collateral field examination.

SECTION 5.15. Additional Cash Funding. Prior to the expiration of the Funding Period, the Borrower will (a) issue the ACF Notes for gross cash proceeds of $460,000, (b) consummate the Specified Lines Sale and (c) enter into the Manufacturing Supply Agreement.

SECTION 5.16. Additional Capital Expenditures. Following the delivery of the Capital Expenditure Plan for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2003, as provided in Section 5.01(g), the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith with the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of permitted Capital Expenditures for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2003, which levels shall be (x) calculated using a methodology substantially similar to the methodology used to determine the amounts of permitted Capital Expenditures described in Section 6.16(b), (y) reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and (z) approved by the Borrower and the Required Lenders not more than 30 days after the delivery of such Capital Expenditure Plan.

SECTION 5.17. Deposit Accounts and Lockboxes; Security Agreement. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall either (i) maintain all deposit accounts and lockboxes with the Administrative Agent or a Lender or (ii) within 10 Business Days of the Effective Date (A) modify the Security Agreement in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders to (x) establish a lockbox system customary for transactions of

this type and (y) create a security interest in all deposit accounts or lockboxes not maintained with the Administrative Agent or a Lender, and (B) execute a blocked account agreement with respect to any such deposit account or lockbox. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may maintain deposit accounts in (i) Mexico for use in connection with its operations in Mexico, provided that the balance in such account does not exceed $350,000 at any time, and (ii) Grand Cayman in connection with the operation of its commission foreign sales corporation, provided that the balance in such account does not exceed $350,000 at any time.

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders and the Issuing Bank that:

SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness: Certain Equity Securities. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(b) the Subordinated Debt;

(c) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date or decreased weighted average life thereof;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that Indebtedness permitted by this clause shall be subject to Section 6.04;

(e) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that Guarantees permitted by this clause shall be subject to Section 6.04;

(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, provided that such Indebtedness is (x) incurred as part of any Capital Expenditure identified on the Capital Expenditure Plan for the Borrower's fiscal year ending on October 31, 2002 and (y) prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity

date or decreased weighted average life thereof; provided further that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) shall not at any time outstanding exceed $20,000,000;

(g) Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.07;

(h) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $10,000,000 at any time outstanding, provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries permitted by this clause (h) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(i) Indebtedness evidenced by the ACF Notes; and

(j) Specified Government Financings.

SECTION 6.02. Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof except:

(a) Liens created under the Loan Documents;

(b) Permitted Encumbrances;

(c) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02, provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the Closing Date and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(d) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, provided that (A) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (B) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (C) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that (A) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(f), (B) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (D) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(f) Liens on any property or asset of VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company) created in connection with the Specified Asset Sale of such entity, provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall not exceed $10,000,000; and

(g) Liens on any property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 (j) and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the fair value of such property or assets as of the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary and (if any party to such merger is a Subsidiary Loan Party) is a Subsidiary Loan Party and (iii) any Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Loan Party) may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Sections 6.04 and 6.09.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Equity Interests in or evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

(a) Permitted Investments in an amount not to exceed (i) prior to the date that is 60 days after the Effective Date, $6,000,000 at any time outstanding and (ii) thereafter, $5,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that, in each case, such Permitted Investments are made with or held by a Lender;

(b) investments existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04.


(c) investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in Equity Interests in their respective wholly owned Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties immediately prior to such investment;

(d) loans or advances made by the Borrower to any wholly owned Subsidiary that is a Loan Party and made by any such Subsidiary to the Borrower or any wholly owned Subsidiary that is a Loan Party;

(e) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01, provided that no Subsidiary shall Guarantee the Subordinated Debt unless (A) such Subsidiary also has Guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to the applicable Guarantee Agreement, (B) such Guarantee of the Subordinated Debt is subordinated to such Guarantee of the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt and (C) such Guarantee of the Subordinated Debt provides for the release and termination thereof, without action by any party, upon the sale (including through merger or consolidation) of the Equity Interests, or all or substantially all the assets, of the Loan Party granting such Guarantee if such sale is made in compliance with the terms of the Subordinated Debt Documents;

(f) investments constituting Capital Expenditures permitted by
Section 6.16; provided that investments permitted by this clause (i) to Foreign Subsidiaries or investments otherwise made in countries other than the United States shall be permitted only if (x) such investment is to a Canadian Foreign Subsidiary or is otherwise made in Canada in an aggregate amount, on a cumulative basis, subsequent to the Closing Date, not exceeding $35,000,000 or (y) such investment is to a Mexican Foreign Subsidiary or is otherwise made in Mexico in an aggregate amount, on a cumulative basis, subsequent to the Closing Date, not exceeding $30,000,000; and

(g) Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 6.07.

SECTION 6.05. Asset Sales. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it, nor will the Borrower permit any of the Subsidiaries to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, except:

(a) sales of inventory, used or surplus equipment and Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

(b) sales, transfers and dispositions to the Borrower or a Subsidiary, provided that any such sales, transfers or dispositions involving a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be made in compliance with Section 6.09;

(c) Specified Asset Sales, provided that (i) the Borrower shall reduce the Commitments in accordance with Section 2.08 by the Specified Asset Sale Amount and (ii) if after giving effect to any reduction in Commitments pursuant to clause (i) hereof, the sum of the Exposures would exceed the total Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Loans in accordance with Section 2.10 in an amount equal to such excess. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in connection with the Specified Asset Sales of VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company) and

Greenheld Die & Manufacturing Corp. (Tooling Division) the reduction in Commitments shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 in respect of such Specified Asset Sales (the "Initial Reduction") and (b) in addition to the Initial Reduction, the Borrower shall reduce the Commitments by an additional $15,000,000 (or, if the aggregate Specified Asset Sale Amount in connection with the Specified Asset Sales of VCS Properties LLC (Valley City Steel Company) and Greenfield Die & Manufacturing Corp. (Tooling Division) does not equal or exceed $25,000,000, the amount by which such Specified Asset Sale Amount exceeds $10,000,000) at or prior to April 15, 2002;

(d) sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets that are not permitted by any other clause of this Section, provided that the aggregate fair market value of all assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this clause (d) shall not exceed $10,000,000 (less the fair market value of any assets sold pursuant to Section 6.06(a)) since the Closing Date;

(e) sales, transfers and other dispositions of assets that are not permitted by any other clause of this Section, provided that (i) the aggregate fair market value of all assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this clause (e) shall not exceed $50,000,000
(less the fair market value of any assets sold pursuant to Section 6.06(b))
during the term of this Agreement, (ii) the Borrower shall reduce the Commitments in accordance with Section 2.08 by an amount equal to the aggregate amount of consideration received in respect of such sale, transfer or other disposition of assets and (iii) if after giving effect to any reduction in Commitments pursuant to clause (ii) hereof, the sum of the Exposures would exceed the total Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Loans in accordance with Section 2.10 in an amount equal to such excess;

(f) any sale and leaseback transaction permitted by Section 6.06 may be effected; and

(g) the Specified Lines Sale;

provided that all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby (other than those permitted by clause (b) above) shall be made for fair value and at least a sufficient portion of the purchase price thereof is in cash to permit the prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.10 to the extent such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition constitutes a Prepayment Event.

SECTION 6.06. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereinafier acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for any such sale of any fixed or capital assets that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 90 days after the Borrower or such Subsidiary acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset, provided that such transactions shall be permitted if:

(a) the aggregate consideration received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries pursuant to sales and transfers effected pursuant to this clause (a) shall not exceed $10,000,000 (less the fair market value of any assets sold pursuant to Section 6.05(d));

(b) to the extent not permitted by clause (a) above, (i) the aggregate consideration received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries pursuant to sales and transfers effected pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed $50,000,000 (less the fair market value of assets sold pursuant to Section 6.05(e)), (ii) the Borrower shall reduce the Commitments in accordance with Section 2.08 by an amount equal to the aggregate consideration received in respect of such sale or transfer effected pursuant to this clause (b) and (iii) if after giving effect to any reduction in Commitments pursuant to clause (ii) hereof, the sum of the Exposures would exceed the total Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Loans in accordance with Section 2.10 in an amount equal to such excess; and

(c) such transactions are part of Capital Expenditures identified on the Capital Expenditure Plan for the Borrower's fiscal year ending October 31, 2002, provided that the aggregate consideration received by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries pursuant to sales and transfers effected pursuant to this clause (c) shall not exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate;

provided further that if any sale or transfer of property permitted above constitutes a Prepayment Event, then the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary shall apply the Net Proceeds therefrom to the prepayment of Loans as required under Section 2.10.

SECTION 6.07. Hedging Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, other than Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities. Solely for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower acknowledges that a Hedging Agreement entered into for speculative purposes or of a speculative nature (which shall be deemed to include any Hedging Agreement under which the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries is or may become obligated to make any payment (a) in connection with the purchase by any third party of any capital stock or any Indebtedness or
(b) as a result of changes in the market value of any capital stock or any Indebtedness) is not a Hedging Agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks.

SECTION 6.08. Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness.
(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except (i) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its capital stock payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (ii) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their capital stock and (iii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments, not exceeding $l,000,000 during any fiscal year, pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in


cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancelation or termination of any Indebtedness, except:

(i) payment of Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(ii) payment of regularly scheduled interest (including any additional interest arising pursuant to any registration rights agreement related thereto) and principal payments as and when due in respect of any Indebtedness other than payments in respect of the Subordinated Debt prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

(iii) refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.01; and

(iv) payment of secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (including the purchase of any asset subject to a capital lease obligation pursuant to a purchase option) permitted by this Agreement.

SECTION 6.09. Transactions with Affiiates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties not involving any other Affiliate and (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.08.

SECTION 6.10. Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date identified on Schedule 6.10 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder,
(iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to (x) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (y) the Subordinated Debt Document and
(v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not

apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

SECTION 6.11. Amendment of Material Documents. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (a) any Subordinated Debt Document, (b) its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents (c) the purchase agreement relating to the Specified Lines Sale and the Manufacturing Supply Agreement or (d) its material agreements, in each case in such a manner that could reasonably be expected to be adverse to the Lenders or otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.12. Minimum Consolidated EBITDA. The Borrower will not permit Consolidated EBITDA in respect of any period set forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such period:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Period                                                      Amount
 ------                                                      ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Month Ending on November 30, 2001                        $    842,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2 Months Ending on December 31, 2001                    $   (415,000)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3 Months Ending on January 31, 2002                     $    818,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4 Months Ending on Febraury 28, 2002                    $  1,852,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5 Months Ending on March 31, 2002                       $  3,220,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6 Months Ending on April 30, 2002                       $  5,468,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7 Months Ending on May 31, 2002                         $  8,840,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  8 Months Ending on June 30, 2002                        $ 11,919,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9 Months Ending on July 31, 2002                        $ 11,622,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10 Months Ending on August 31, 2002                      $ 15,395,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11 Months Ending on September 30, 2002                   $ 19,335,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on October 31, 2002                     $ 24,261,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on November 30, 2002                    $ 26,862,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on December 31, 2002                    $ 28,698,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on January 31, 2003                     $ 31,412,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on February 28, 2003                    $ 33,976,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on March 31, 2003                       $ 36,909,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on April 30, 2003                       $ 38,841,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on May 31, 2003                         $ 39,348,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on June 30, 2003                        $ 41,153,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on July 31, 2003                        $ 42,472,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on August 31, 2003                      $ 42,915,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on September 30, 2003                   $ 44,064,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on October 31, 2003                     $ 44,725,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 6.13. Minimum Coverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Minimum Coverage Ratio for any fiscal quarter ending during any period set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period:

                Period                                Ratio
                ------                                -----

November 1, 2002, to January 31,2003               1.60 to 1.00

February 1, 2003 to April 30, 2003                 2.45 to 1.00

May 1, 2003 to July 31, 2003                       1.90 to 1.00

August 1, 2003 to October 31, 2003                 3.15 to 1.00

Thereafter                                         3.50 to 1.00

SECTION 6.14. Senior Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Senior Leverage Ratio as of any day during any period set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period:

                Period                                Ratio
                ------                                -----

November 1, 2002, to January 31, 2003              9.00 to 1.00

February 1, 2003 to April 30, 2003                 7.25 to 1.00

May 1, 2003 to July 31, 2003                       6.50 to 1.00

August 1, 2003 to October 31, 2003                 6.00 to 1.00

Thereafter                                         3.00 to 1.00

SECTION 6.15. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of any day during any period set forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such period:

                     Period                                Amount
                     ------                                ------

     August 1, 2001 to October 31, 2001                  $ 125,000,000

     November 1, 2001 to January 31, 2002                $ 117,000,000

     February 1, 2002 to April 30, 2002                  $ 112,000,000

     May 1, 2002 to July 31, 2002                        $ 108,000,000

     August 1, 2002 to October 31, 2002                  $ 110,000,000

     November 1, 2002 to January 31, 2003                $ 109,000,000

     February 1, 2003 to April 30, 2003                  $ 111,000,000

     May 1, 2003 to July 31, 2003                        $ 110,000,000
================================================================================

                     Period                                Amount
                     ------                                ------
     August 1, 2003 to October 31, 2003                 $ 113,000,000

In addition, the Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of any day after October 31, 2003, to be less than the sum of $113,000,000 plus 50% of Consolidated Net Income (if positive) for the period (taken as a single accounting period) from November 1, 2003, and ending on the last day of the quarter as to which compliance with this Section 6.15 is being determined.

SECTION 6.16. Capital Expenditures.

(a) Subject to Sections 6.16(b) and 6.16(c), the Borrower will not make, and will not permit any Subsidiary to make, any Capital Expenditures in respect of any fiscal year other than Capital Expenditures identified in the Capital Expenditures Plan for such fiscal year, provided, however, that the Borrower may reallocate an amount not to exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures identified in the Capital Expenditures Plan for such fiscal year to (i) projects in lines of business that (x) are similar to the Borrower's and the Subsidiaries' lines of business on the Effective Date and (y) have similar expected returns on investment capital as the line of business in which such Capital Expenditure was to be made and (ii) maintenance capital expenditures, in each case upon the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a certificate of the Borrower's Chief Financial Officer certifying the foregoing not less than ten days prior to such reallocation.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.16(a), the Borrower will not permit the aggregate amount of Capital Expenditures in respect of any period ending on a date set forth below to exceed the amount set forth in the table below opposite such period:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Period                                                      Amount
 ------                                                      ------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Month Ending on November 30, 2001                        $  4,000,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2 Months Ending on December 31, 2001                    $  6,750,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3 Months Ending on January 31, 2002                     $  9,250,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4 Months Ending on Febraury 28, 2002                    $ 13,500,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5 Months Ending on March 31, 2002                       $ 14,750,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6 Months Ending on April 30, 2002                       $ 16,000,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7 Months Ending on May 31, 2002                         $ 18,200,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  8 Months Ending on June 30, 2002                        $ 20,000,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9 Months Ending on July 31, 2002                        $ 22,400,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10 Months Ending on August 31, 2002                      $ 25,700,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11 Months Ending on September 30, 2002                   $ 27,500,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 12 Months Ending on October 31, 2002                     $ 29,100,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(c) Notwithstanding Section 6.16(a), the Borrower will not make, and will not permit any Subsidiary to make, any Capital Expenditures after October 31, 2002, other than as determined in accordance with Section 5.16.


SECTION 6.17. Designated Senior Indebtedness. The Borrower shall not designate any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of and as defined in the Subordinated Debt Documents.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events ("Events of Default") shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fix for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty that is qualified as to materiality and made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made or any such representation or warranty that is not qualified as to materiality shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.04 (with respect to the existence of the Borrower), 5.11, 5.14, 5.15 or 5.17 or in Article VI;

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

(f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;

(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness (or any portion of the principal amount thereof) or any


trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof (or any portion of the principal amount thereof), or to require any offer to be made to prepay, repurchase, redeem or defease any Material Indebtedness or any portion of the principal amount thereof) prior to its scheduled maturity, provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) $2,500,000 in any year or (ii) $5,000,000 for all periods;

(m) (i) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral having a value in excess of $250,000, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except as a result of the sale or


other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents or (ii) the Obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement, shall cease to, or shall be asserted not to be, senior indebtedness under the subordination provisions of any document or instrument evidencing any permitted subordinated Indebtedness or such subordination provisions shall be invalidated or otherwise cease to be, or shall be asserted not to be, legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms; or

(n) a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. For purposes of this Article VIII and for the purposes of Article IX, all references to the Administrative Agent are deemed to include the Collateral Agent.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the


foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any of and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall


have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent that shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

The Lenders identified in this Agreement as the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders. Without limiting the foregoing, neither the Documentation Agent nor the Syndication Agent shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to the Documentation Agent and the Syndication Agent as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01. Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(a) if to the Borrower, to it at 5389 West 130 St., Cleveland, Ohio 44130, Attention of Stephen E. Graham (Telecopy No. (216) 265-4244), with a copy to Wegman, Hessler & Vanderburg at 6055 Rockside Woods Boulevard, Suite 200, Cleveland, Ohio 44131, Attention of Steven E. Pryatel (Telecopy No. (216) 642-8826)


(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, Loan and Agency Services Group, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10081, Attention of Jesus Sang (Telecopy No. (212) 552-5650), with a copy to The Chase Manhattan Bank, 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention of Julie Long (Telecopy No. (212) 270-5127);

(c) if to the Issuing Bank, to JPMorgan Chase Bank USA, N.A., Letter of Credit Department; 8th Floor, 1201 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Attention of Mike Handago (Telecopy No. (302) 428-3390);

(d) if to the Swingline Lender, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, Loan and Agency Services Group, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10081, Attention of Jesus Sang (Telecopy No. (212) 552-5650); and

(e) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders, provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby,
(iii) postpone the maturity of any Loan, or the required date of reimbursement of any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest or fees payable hereunder, or

postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) increase the aggregate amount of the Lenders Commitments or incur any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on any assets or property subject to the Security Documents, in each case without the written consent of Lenders having Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 66 2/3% of the sum of the total Exposures and unused Commitments at such time, (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage set forth in the definition of the term "Required Lenders" or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders or Lenders of any Class required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender, (vii) release any material Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement, or limit its liability in respect of such Guarantee, without the written consent of each Lender or
(viii) release a substantial portion of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents, without the written consent of each Lender (except as expressly provided in such Security Documents); provided, further that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Documentation Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations

thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph
(a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender's "pro rata share" shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Exposures and unused Commitments at the time.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. In addition, no Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than five days after written demand therefor.

SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing

Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it), provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or Lender Affiliate, each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or Lender Affiliate or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender's Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and provided further that any consent of the Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if a Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee's completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph
(b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(e) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it), provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with
Section 2.16(e) as though it were a Lender.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a "Granting Lender") may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an "SPV"), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender

to the

Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and
(ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.04, any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. As this Section 9.04(h) applies to any particular SPV, this Section may not be amended without the written consent of such SPV.

SECTION 9.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof

SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the commitment letter and fee letter heretofore entered into with the Administrative Agent relating to the facilities contemplated by this Agreement and any separate letter

agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 9.09. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS. (A) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or their properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.


(c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a

source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, the term "Information" means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the Closing Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.13. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the "Charges"), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the "Maximum Rate") that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.14. Effectiveness of the Amendment and Restatement; Original Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Until this Agreement becomes effective, the Original Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected hereby. After the Effective Date, all obligations of the Borrower under the Original Credit Agreement shall become obligations of the Borrower hereunder, secured by the Liens granted under the Security Documents, and the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement shall be superseded by the provisions hereof. Except as otherwise expressly stated hereunder, the term of this Agreement is for all purposes deemed to have commenced on the Effective Date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.,

by /s/ Stephen E. Graham
  ------------------------
  Name: Stephen E. Graham
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, individually and as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

by /s/ Julie S. Long
  --------------------------
  Name: Julie S. Long
  Title: Vice President

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
individually and as Syndication
Agent,

by /s/ Michael Lugui
  --------------------------
  Name: Michael Lugui
  Title: SVP

BANK ONE, MICHIGAN, individually and as Documentation Agent,

by
Name:


Title:


SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
OF February 12, 2002

                                              Bank One, NA
Name of Institution:                          --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Joanna W. Anderson
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Joanna W. Anderson
                                                 Title: Officer

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          Comerica Bank
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Nicholas G. Mester
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Nicholas G. Mester
                                                 Title: Vice President

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          The Mitsubishi Trust and Banking
                                              Corporation
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Hiroyuki Tsuru
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Hiroyuki Tsuru
                                                 Title: Deputy General Manager

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          LaSalle Bank National Association
                                              ---------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Robert M. Walker
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Name:  Robert M. Walker
                                                 Title: AVP

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          The Bank of Nova Scotia
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Daniel A. Costigan
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Daniel A. Costigan
                                                 Title: Director

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          Sky Bank
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Jerry S. Sutherin
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Jerry S. Sutherin
                                                 Title: V.P. Specialty Lending
                                                        Group

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          GE Capital CEE, Inc.
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ William S. Richardson
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  William S. Richardson
                                                 Title: Duly Authorized
                                                        Signatory

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002

Name of Institution:                          U.S. Bank National Association
                                              --------------------------------
                                              f/k/a Firstar Bank National
                                              --------------------------------
                                              Association
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Mark E. Storer
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Mark E. Storer
                                                 Title: Senior Vice President

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          PNC Bank, N.A.
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Eric L. Moore
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Eric L. Moore
                                                 Title: Vice President

                                              SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND
                                              RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS
                                              OF February 12, 2002




Name of Institution:                          National City Bank
                                              --------------------------------

                                              by: /s/ Robert S. Coleman
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Name:  Robert S. Coleman
                                                 Title: Senior Vice President


Exhibit 18.1

February 12, 2002

Board of Directors Shiloh Industries, Inc. 5389 West 130/th/ Street Cleveland, Ohio 44130

Dear Directors:

We are providing this letter to you for inclusion as an exhibit to your Form 10-K filing pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

We have audited the consolidated financial statements included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2001 and issued our report thereon dated February 12, 2002. Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements describe a change in accounting principle from the last-in, first-out method to the first-in, first-out method for determining the cost of certain inventories. It should be understood that the preferability of one acceptable method of accounting over another for accounting for inventory has not been addressed in any authoritative accounting literature, and in expressing our concurrence below we have relied on management's determination that this change in accounting principle is preferable. Based on our reading of management's stated reasons and justification for this change in accounting principle in the Form 10-K, and our discussions with management as to their judgement about the relevant business planning factors relating to the change, we concur with management that such change represents, in the Company's circumstances, the adoption of a preferable accounting principle in conformity with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 20.

Very truly yours,

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF SHILOH INDUSTRIES, INC.

The following is a list of the subsidiaries of Shiloh Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"). The common stock of all the corporations listed below is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation. If indented, the corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of the corporation under which it is listed unless otherwise noted.

          NAME OF CORPORATION                     STATE OF INCORPORATION

          Shiloh Corporation                               Ohio
            The Sectional Die Company                      Ohio
              Sectional Stamping, Inc.                     Ohio
            Medina Blanking, Inc.(1)                       Ohio
            Liverpool Coil Processing,
              Incorporated                                 Ohio
            Shiloh of Michigan, LLC (2)                    Michigan
            VCS Properties LLC                             Ohio
              Valley City Steel, LLC (3)                   Ohio
          Greenfield Die & Manufacturing Corp.             Michigan
          Shiloh Incorporated                              Michigan
          C&H Design Company                               Michigan
          Jefferson Blanking, Inc.                         Georgia
          Shiloh Automotive, Inc.                          Ohio
          Shiloh de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Shiloh
           Industries, Inc. (4)                            Mexico
            Shiloh International S.A. de C.V. (5)          Mexico
          Shiloh Industries International Inc              Barbados
          Dickson Manufacturing Division                   Tennesse


__________________

(1) Medina Blanking, Inc. is 22% owned by the Corporation and 78% owned by Shiloh Corporation.

(2) Shiloh of Michigan is 80% owned by Shiloh Corporation and 20% owned by Shiloh Automotive, Inc.

(3) Valley City Steel, LLC is owned 49% by VCS Propertries and 51% by an unrelated third party.

(4) Shiloh de Mexico S. A. de C.V. Shiloh Industries, Inc. is owned 99% by the Corporation and 1% by Medina Blanking, Inc.

(5) Shiloh International S.A. de C.V. is owned 99% by Shiloh de Mexico S.A. de C.V. and 1% by the Corporation.


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-21161) of our report dated February 12, 2002 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in Shiloh Industries, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended October 31, 2001.

/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Cleveland, Ohio
February 12, 2002


Exhibit 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned directors and officers of Shiloh Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby constitutes and appoints John F. Falcon, Stephen E. Graham and Thomas C. Daniels, and each of them, as the true and lawful attorney or attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and revocation, for each of the undersigned and in the name, place and stead of each of the undersigned, to sign on behalf of each of the undersigned an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2001 pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and to sign any and all amendments to such Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, including, without limitation, a Form 12b-25, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting to said attorney or attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do so and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney or attorneys-in-fact or any of them or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original with respect to the person executing it.

Executed as of this 25/th/ day of December 2001.

  /s/ John F. Falcon
----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
John F. Falcon                               James C. Fanello
President, Chief Executive                   Director
Officer (Principal Executive
Officer) and Director


  /s/ David J. Hessler                         /s/ Curtis E. Moll
----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
David J. Hessler                             Curtis E. Moll
Director                                     Chairman of the Board and Director


  /s/ James A. Karman                          /s/ Maynard H. Murch, IV
----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
James A. Karman                              Maynard H. Murch, IV
Director                                     Director


  /s/ Ronald C. Houser                         /s/ John J. Tanis
----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
Ronald C. Houser                             John J. Tanis
Director                                     Director


  /s/ Stephen E. Graham                        /s/ Theodore K. Zampetis
----------------------------------           -----------------------------------
Stephen E. Graham                            Theodore K. Zampetis
Treasurer and Chief Financial                Director
Officer (Principal Financial
and Accounting Officer)